most Dexterous Hand cannot separate them or the most curious Eye distinguish them one from another Tendons are Organs of sensation as they partake of Nervous Fibrils but it may be made evident by Experience against which there can be no just reply that Tendons are very sensible which must be derived from Nervous Fibrils which appeareth in Convulsive motions following the punctures of Tendons and principally in the great Tendon of the Musculus Gasteroknemius whence proceed universal concussive agitations of the Muscles of the whole Body which I saw for many Days in a young Maid Universal Convulsive motions are derived from wounding the Musculus Gasteroknemius of my worthy Lady Gayor who was wounded with a Pistol shot made upon the great Tendon of the Gasteroknemius which drew all the Muscles into consent and was derived originally from the acute sense of the wounded Tendon as participating Nervous Fibrils the instruments of Sensation and did communicate it to all the Muscles affected with Nervous Filaments inserted into Tendons Which learned Vesalius opposeth saying that Nerves accompany the Arteries and Veins into the body of a Muscle but are not implanted into the termination of it Which seemeth very improbable because according to the opinion of this famous Author the Vessels of Blood are sometimes inserted into the extreamities of the Muscle and by that reason why may not the Nerves accompany them thither as well into other parts of the Muscle where the Nervous Fibres may enter first into society with the tendinous The Fibres of Nerves accompany the Bloodie Vessels to the termination of the Muscles and after be carried into the great Tendons seated in the terminations of the Muscles And again It is most apparent to sense that the greater Nervous Fibres do wait upon the larger Sanguiducts but it may be more difficult to discover the more secret tract of the minute Arteries and Veins associating with small Nervous Fibrils which I humbly conceive insinuate themselves into the Carnous and tendinous parts of the Muscle and speak them sensible which no way could be granted them without the entercourse of Nerves the prime ministers of Sense Carnous Fibres taken in a common sense do comprehend variety of Vessels And there is no part of Carnous Fibres but are furnished with a number of small Vessels and Nervous Fibrils admirably branching themselves through the several Particles of Flesh and are the great Machines of Motion because Flesh according to the Learned is a most curious texture of Vessels of all kinds among which Arteries Veins and Lymphaeducts cannot challenge to themselves any share in Motion being only Channels to convey and reconvey the Blood and Lympha whereupon the motion of the Muscles must be attributed to the tendinous Fibres and not to the Carnous simply and precisely taken as tinged with a Purple hew proceeding from extravasated Blood Flesh taken in a strict notion is a soft red substance adhering to the Coats of the Vessels dying the Vessels in its passage between them and their Flesh which being abstracted from the Vessels and taken in a simple notion is nothing else but a soft red Substance that faceth the Intermedial Spaces of the Sanguiducts and nervous and tendinous Fibres and maketh a small and inconsiderable proportion of the body of the Muscle if it standeth in competition with the other more large and numerous Fibrous parts to which no motion can be assigned except to the tendinous parts of the Muscle because the other Vessels making up the body of the Muscle are dedicated to another use But I will no longer dispute the name of Carnous Fibres now I have explained my self and subscribe to common Use though somewhat improper which is the great Master and Arbitrator of Language Thus having given a large Discourse of the Solid parts of a Muscle for which I beg pardon for my Prolixity The â—â—â—d parts of a Muscle are constituted of various Liquors It is high time to speak now of the Fluid parts of it which are Liquors of several kinds Blood Nervous Juice and Lympha the two first are efficient Causes giving Life Sense and Motion to the Solid parts and the third doth Dilute the Chyle the Vital and Animal Liquors rendring them more fluid and fit for Motion through the Vessels and substance of the Muscular parts Blood being one of the Principal Liquors if not the most Generous Blood in a large notion is made up of Chyle red Crassament and a crystalline Liquor impraegnates the whole Body with Heat and Life and being taken in a comprehensive notion is made up of three embodied Liquors integrating the Mass of Blood the Chyle being the Materia Substrata by which it is supported and two other more matured parts the Red Crassament and the serous Crystalline Liquor The Red Crassament is the more thick and fibrous part of the Blood The red Crassament is the coagulating part of the Blood when extravasated and Coagulates when it hath lost its Circular Motion as Extravasated upon the laceration of Vessels seated in the Viscera or Muscular parts or the Stomach or Intestines whence arise Inflammations of the Viscera and Muscular parts and Coagulations of Blood extravasated in the cavities of the Stomach Intestines and the like who are highly sollicited to eject the congealed Blood as a most troublesome Guest out of the confines of the Body This red Liquor The Blood is primitively White and afterward groweth Red plumping up the body of the Muscles being White in its first Production out of the Seminal Liquor consisteth of Sulphureous and Saline Particles well commixed and digested by Heat and Motion whence they are tinged Red somewhat resembling Condited Fruits Which being primarily White are afterward hued with a deep Red when long The manner of production of the tincture of Blood and gently boiled with Sugar made up of Saline Particles This Red tincture of the Blood enobling the body of the Muscles is produced by sweet Oily and Saline Particles of the Vital Spirits in the manner of Liquor infused with Roses and tinged with Spirit of Sulphur or Vitriol as the red tincture of Blood in its first Rudiment is apparelled with white Robes and after clothed with Scarlet died Red as digested with gentle steams of Heat much advanced by Motion and may be represented by Art productive of Liquor of Cumphery Roots Satyrion and the like beaten into a white Pulp and besprinkled with Wine and put into a Glass Matrace set for some time in a vaporous Bath and then the Ingredients are tinged first with a light Red and being strained and the Liquor put into the Matrace placed in warm Steams is receptive of a deeper Red caused by a long and warm Digestion whence from its resemblance in Colour it is entitled to the name of Blood The red Crassament when let out of the Veins by Art Coagulates The red Crassament of the Blood coagulates
quality of Air doth open and loose the Compage of the Blood whereupon the more delicate Particles of the Succus nutricius are separated from the Blood in the substance of the Cortical Glands and agreeing in Figure and Magnitude with the Orifices of the nervous Fibrils seated in the Glands is thereupon transmitted into the Interstices of them and the Red parts of the Blood being proportioned to the shape and size of the venal extremities are conveyed into them And the Animal Liquor being received into the Origens of the Fibrils its progress is more and more advanced by the motion of the Dura and Pia Menynx and the surface of the Brain caused by the vibration of the Arteries compressing the outward parts of the Brain and protruding the nervous Liquor which receiveth more and more recruits by a constant generation in the substance of the Cortex wherein one part of the Animal Juyce still presseth another forward making its motion good through whose Filaments it is successively conveyed into the Fornix and from thence into the Fibres of the Medulla oblangata and Trunks of Nerves issuing out of it to export nervous Liquor to impart Sense Motion and the more excellent kind of nourishment to all parts So that this most delicate Liquor of the whole Body is made up of most thin volatil Particles as acted with Animal Spirits and so insinuateth it self between the Filaments of the nervous Fibres softly swelleth their tender Particles producing a gentle Tension partly caused by the fine elastick parts of Air so well embodied with the Animal Liquor that it may be well judged as I conceive a constituent part of it Whereupon the Interstices of the tender Fibrils being plumped up and somewhat stiffened as inspired with Particles of Air consociated with Animal Liquor are rendred more or less Tense and so are receptive of greater or less Contractions as they are acted more remissly or briskly from within by the dictates of the Will or Appetite or from without by the milder or strong Appulses made upon the outward Organs by sensible objects And these tender Fibrils are capable of different postures in the Brain as they receive any the least change in their natural situation and so in some sort they may be termed to be extended and relaxed as the Interstices of nervous Filaments are receptive of more or less nervous Liquor impregnated with refined Spirits and so become contracted or remitted in some greater or less degree Whereupon I humbly conceive that the nervous Tendrils are never so absolutely relaxed but they partake of some kind of Tension or other unless where the vital flame is totally extinct else it is impossible to apprehend but some influx of the Animal Spirits may be communicated to these nervous Fibrils The most common relaxation of them is made in sleep and then the outward sensible Organs cease from their Operations And the Muscles are despoiled in a great degree of their tonick Motion consisting in a moderate Contraction equally imparted to the Antagonist Muscles which countermand each other in giving a balance to their unequal and utmost contraction so that this tonick motion when we are awake is a moderate tension of all the Fibrils arising from a more free influence of the Animal Liquor flowing into the Interstices of their Filaments putting the Brain and outward Organs into a disposition to exert their Functions which much cease in our repose wherein the nervous Fibrils grow flaccide and unable to celebrate the Sensitive and locomotive Operations produced from the free access of Animal Liquor denied to the Origens of the nervous Fibrils seated in the Cortex of the Brain to which when we are awake is communicated a more liberal Influxe of nervous Juyce running between the numerous Filaments softly and after a manner puffing them up with airy elastick Particles making somewhat of stiffness in the tender frames of the nervous Fibrils giving them a promptitude to be tuned for the admirable operation of Sensation which is made up of great variety of sensitive powers as in some sort the principal Agents attended with a great Apparatus of diverse Sensories and Objects as to the percipient Power it is a branch of the sensitive Soul residing in the more inward Recesses of the Brain styled the Common Sense apprehending and judging the various motions made by sensible Objects upon the outward Organs and thence conveyed to the inward Sensory Thus having given you a general notion of Sensation I shall now present you with a more particular account of it and its Motion by laying down the method how it is instructed and directed by the superior Faculties and the manner of Sensitive perception how it is made by the different Appulses of sensible Objects upon the outward Organs and thence derived by Nerves and Fibrils to the common Sense The understanding or counselling Power of the Soul propounding an object under the notion of good or evil the Will refuseth one as destructive and electeth the other as perfective and thereupon giveth its Commands by its emissaries the Animal Spirits the more refined Particles of the Animal Liquor to invigorate first the Fibrils of the Brain and then the Nerves issuing out of them and afterward dispensed into the Muscles to give by their various Contractions the different motions of the Limbs to prosecute that Good First propounded by the dictates of the understanding and after ordered by the imperate acts of the Will thereby giving her Commands to the inferior Powers the irascible concupiscible and locomotive Faculties And this method of operation of the rational Powers upon the sensitive Appetite is moved from within outward by First impregnating with spirituous Liquor the Fibrils of the Brain and then the Trunks of Nerves are embodied with Fibrils sprouting out of the Brain and after propagated into the Muscles of the Body But the method of Sensation derived from the outward Senses hath a retrograde motion here the Scene is far different and the Machines play first from without and are afterward carried to the inward Recesses of the Brain First the motion is celebrated in the outward Senses wherein their Objects making their first attempts and impressions upon the Fibres of their Sensories are thence conveyed to the common Sensory by continued Nerves and Fibres at last inserted into the Corpus callosum as I conceive the seat of the common sense which judgeth the strokes of sensible Objects given upon the Membranes of outward Organs Whereupon the Sense abstractly conceived either under the notion of outward or inward Sense formeth but an imperfect conception of Sensation the one assisting and the other compleating the other so that Sense concretely considered as involving the outward and inward Sense must go hand in hand to accomplish Sensation as they both hold a near entercourse in their Sensories as being united one to the other by the mediation of Fibrils and Nerves The outward Sensory gives the first reception to the Appulses of sensible
visible objects imprinted upon it till it arrive the Organs of Sight and being received into its Pupilla and passing through several Membranes and Humors maketh divers refractions so that at last the gentle motion of these early Rays landing at the Retina give but a soft touch upon the Fibres of it causing gentle Contractions but the brighter Rays as so many numerous minute Bodies more briskly breaking out of that glorious Luminary do cloth the Air with a more splendid garment of Light putting it into a nimbler motion which hurrying the visible Semblances engraven on it to the Sensory of Sight make greater appulses upon the Fibres giving them stronger Contractions The progress of the Animal Liquor The Spirituous Particles of the Animal Liquor streaming out of the Cortex diffuse themselves as in an Orb through the substance of the Brain till they descend to the lower Region where they are received into the Fibres of the Medulla oblongata and thence conveyed through the body of the Nerves to the Fibres inserted into the Muscles These lucid subtle Bodies of Animal Liquor somewhat representing the Morning Rays in their milder constant stream destilling into the Muscular Fibres act them with a gentle motion consisting in a moderate tension of the Nerves and Fibres of the whole Body but the Effluvia flowing from outward sensible Objects make impressions upon the Fibres of the outward Sensory and thence are ushered along the Nerves to the Brain the Seat of the inward Sense and Understanding by whose dictates they are recommended to the Will under the notion of Good or Evil as to be desired or refused whereupon the rational Appetite immediately giveth her commands to the Brain solliciting its bright Spirituous Particles like the Rays which as being more numerous move with greater quickness into the fibrous parts of the Medulla dulla giving them stronger appulses and contractions which being communicated to the Caudex of the Nerves terminating in Fibres into the substance of the Muscles produce their brisk contractions and motions But the more gentle Emanations of Animal Liquor The stiffness of the Muscles cometh from the Spirituous Particles of Animal Liquor fraught with many nimble Bodies streaming into the Fibres affect them with a gentle stiffness rendring a firmness in the Muscles plainly discernible to the touch As their plumpness giveth a sensible mild resistance to it produced by a remiss tension of the Fibres commonly styled Tonick Motion which I humbly conceive to be performed after this manner We being awake the motion of the Blood is more quick carried by a stronger impulse of the Carotide Arteries out of the Coats of the Brain by the Capillaries into the Cortex whereupon a greater separation of the Cristalline Humor is made and more free streams of it are conveyed into the fibrous part of the Brain making a universal gentle rigidness of them and draw the body of the Nerves and Fibres into Consent and make a universal easie stiffness of all the Fibres of the Body giving the Muscles an innate disposition to Contraction which would be acted to a greater degree had not all Muscles Antagonists making perpetual endeavours to contrary motions but the contractions of the Fibres being of a like vigor do equally resist and balance each others motions in their different tensions and bring the several parts of the Body to easie postures in a pleasant acquiescence but the more deep impressions of sensible Objects carried inward by the Nerves to the Fancy and rational Appetite under the notion of an Eligible Object addeth Wings to the Animal Spirits and quicken their motion into Fibres and Nerves implanted into particular Muscles Of this I take the freedom to make an Instance in divers Musicians playing in Consort the Musical Sounds making grateful appulses upon the Timpanum of the Ear and are thence presented by the auditory Nerves to the inward Sense and Appetite who giveth her commands to the Fifth Sixth and Seventh pair of Nerves derived from the Vertebres of the Neck and inserted into the Flexors and Tensors of the Wrist and Fingers which do make different strokes caused by the Bow upon the Musical strings of a Viol by the subalternate contrary motions of Flexions and Tensions of the right Wrist and do produce the different Musical Notes and Graces and modelled Vibrations by divers stops and shakes upon the Strings made by the different tremblings of the Fingers arising from the various quick successive motions of the Tensors and Flexors of the left Fingers But it may be some may expect an account of the causes and manner of these different motions of the Muscles which I humbly conceive to be thus effected The Will intending to move the Flexors making a quick recourse of the Animal Liquor acted with Agile Spirits giving speedy Appulses invigorating the Nerves inserted into the Flexors whose Fibres are so strongly contracted that they over-power the antagonist Muscles and relaxe the Tensors who after the same manner when they are subalternately moved receive supplies of greater proportion of Spirits making strokes upon the origen of the Nerves conveyed by their bodies to the Fibres implanted into the Flexors which being more vigorously contracted remit the more faint motion of the antagonist Muscles as their former extraordinary supplies of Spirits are much exhausted CHAP. LXI The Brain of Beasts HAving in some sort given a description of the various Coats and Processes of Man's Brain I intend at this time to discourse somewhat of Anatomia Comparata that we may admire and adore the great attributes of the most Glorious and Omnipotent Agent set forth in the wonderful production of the various frame of Brains in diverse Animals of Beasts Birds and Fish that we may see what agreement and disagreement they have with the more excellent Fabrick of Humane Brain and thereby may render it more illustrious Man the Master-piece of the Creation in reference to his more noble composition and rare union of integral parts is most eminently illustrious in the choice Coats and Processes of the Brain in which he may be most truly styled The Bodies of Animals are more or less perfect as they are like that of Mans. an Exquisite Standard giving Rules and Measures to other Animals which are Masters of greater or less perfection as the parts of their Body and processes of their Brain hold more or less proportion with those of Man wherein the Brain of Brute-Animals as Lionss Wolves Bears Leopards Horses Red and Fallow Deer Bullocks Sheep Goats Hogs and the like do most excell as running in some sort more parallel in similitude with Humane Brain and do much comply with it in their Coats and Processes The description of the Coats of the Brain of Animals For the upper Apartiment of more perfect Animals as well as Man is embellished within with the fine hangings of the Dura and Pia Menynx every way encircling that more bright Orb and are rare contextures neatly embroidered
by reason the Paroxisms do often invade in the New and Full of the Moon This Disease may be discovered by peculiar Diagnosticks The Diagnosticks of an Epilepsy as the Patient is of a suddain surprized with this Malady and loseth the use of Reason and Sense accompanied with a violent Fall froth about the Mouth and nashing of Teeth frequent strokes of the Breast and Convulsive motions of the Limbs and sometimes an universal stiffness of the whole Body and an instation of the Hypocondres and Belly and the Symptoms cease of a suddain and the Patient is reendued with Sense and Reason An Epilepsy may admit this description The description of the Falling-sickness of being an Abolition of the chief functions of the Brain as well as Sense and voluntary Motion which is associated with Convulsive agitations of the Muscular parts proceeding from an inordinate motion of the Animal Spirits disaffecting the fibrous Compage of the Brain and the various Plexes of Nerves furnishing the Muscles of the Limbs and Trunk of the Body Sometimes the Fits of an Epilepsy do make their Paroxysms at set times of the Day Month or Year according to the Conjunctions of Planets The Fits of an Epilepsy observe set times as of the Sun Moon or their Opposite Aspects and other times the Epileptick Paroxysms observe no certain type or period which is occasioned by variety of evident and Procatarctick causes These Paroxysms also are distinguished as having various degrees The degrees of the Fits of a Falling-sickness some being more gentle discernible in more easie symptoms when the Patient doth not suffer so great a violence by the Disease as not being affected with a Stupor nor thrown down by strong Convulsive motions of the Muscular parts but speedily returneth to the exercise of his rational sensitive and locomotive faculties And in others these Fits are more strong as accompanied with more dreadful accidents the loss of Reason Sense and regular motions of the Body as having the functions of the Brain stupid and the parts of the Body first tortured with violent agitations and afterwards stiff senseless and immovable And to this Disease Children and young Men are most liable Another difference of this Disease may be derived from the variety of its subject or part affected A Falling-sickness differeth in point of its various subject from which it taketh its rise whereupon a Falling-sickness may be styled per 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and primary when it proceedeth from the Brain originally affected and per 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by consent of Parts when the Disease beginneth in some inferior part and is afterward imparted to the Head And now it may be worth our inquiry The subject of this Disease what is the subject or seat of this Disease which some affirm to be in the Membranes encircling the Brain and every way contracting it like a Purse and others in the substance of it As to the first opinion it seemeth very improbable by reason it supposeth the Coats of the Brain to be universally narrowed according to all its Cavities whereby the substance of the Brain is compressed which if true would produce an Apoplexy and not an Epilepsy as intercepting the current of Animal Liquor and Spirits into the origen of the Nerves The Coats of the Brain cannot every where vellicate the Origens of Nerves seated in the Cortex of the Brain Farthermore It is difficult to conceive how the Coats of the Brain can be so narrowed as to close every way and contract its ambient parts and make a vellication of the Origens of the Nerves taking their rise in the Cortex by reason the Dura Menynx is so conjoyned in divers parts to the Skull that it cannot universally compress the Brain by its too near approximation And again The Pia Mater is fastned by divers Ligaments and continuity of Vessels to the Dura Menynx So that the Pia Mater cannot universally vellicate the fibrous Compage of the Brain in reference to an over-close contraction unless the Dura Mater to which it is firmly affixed first give way which in some parts it may where it is not fastned to the Skull and so may admit Convulsive motions The Fibrous parts of the Brain are primarily concerned in Convulsive motions as well as the fibrous parts of the Brain which are great Actors in this Tragical Scene of Epileptick Fits and as numerous Fibrils do constitute the curious and wonderful frame of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum they may be called the seat of this most turbulent Disease more or less discomposing the Nervous parts of the Brain and whole Body in a strong Epilepsy And furthermore I humbly conceive that the fibrous Compage of the Brain is first affected in the Falling-sickness and afterward the Coats do sympathize as being composed of many small Fibrils which are derived from those of the Brain or at least are near akin to them in structure and situation Learned Dr. The Animal Spirits according to Dr. Willis are the subject of the Falling-sickness Willis asserteth in Tractatu de Morbis Convulsivis Capite 2. de Epilepsia p. 28. that the primary seat of an Epilepsie is in the Animal Spirits rarefied and endued with an Explosive disposition Ait ille Et quidem uti verisimillimum arbitror paroxysmum Epilepticum à spirituum animalium Cerebri incolarum qui nempe sunt primum immediatum hujus morbi subjectum subita quadam rarefactione explosione concitati qua Cerebrum ipsum inflatur adeoque insensile redditur simulque nervi appensi in Convulsiones aguntur hinc enimvero contingit hujus morhi accessionem ita derepente incipere perfecte terminari sine magna materiae morbificae provisione aut reliquiis quin nempe labes non tam partibus folidis quam ipsis spiritibus infertur Wherein this Learned Author concludeth that this most vexatious Malady is not in the solid parts but in the Spirits themselves as the prime and immediate subject of an Epileptick Fit expressed above in plain terms to which with deference to this Great Professor of our Art I take the boldness to speak this return That the Humors The Humors and Spirits are causes and subjects of Diseases and Spirits as being contained parts are rather Causes then Subjects of Diseases which I humbly conceive to be seated in the containing solid rather then in the fluid parts The first and immediate subject of an Epilepsy are the Cortical-Fibrils whereupon the Origens of the Nerves placed in the Cortex of the Brain are the first and immediate subject of this Disease as they are discomposed either by ill Heterogeneous Particles of the Blood or vitiated Animal Liquor and Spirits which the Learned Author conceiveth to work in the Nerves explosively after the manner of fired Gun-Powder Sequitur ait ille spiritus animales etiam systematis nervosi incolas copula explosiva imbutas cumque ipsis cerebri
ill Succus Nervosus not impraegnated with volatil and elastick Particles whereupon sluggish Animal Spirits being not endued with an expansive nature do not render the nervous Fibres plump and stiff There are many kinds of a Palsey Many kinds of a Palsey sometimes the Sense is lost and the Motion preserved and other times the Motion is taken away and the Sense remanent The sensitive Faculty is abolished and the Motive not disaffected when the Sight Hearing Tast and Smell In one kind the Sensitive Faculty is abolished and the Motive preserved are highly discomposed or taken away as the Nerves appropriated to the said Senses are obstructed by gross Recrements or compressed by extravasated Blood or Recrements shutting up the spaces of the Visory Auditory Tasting or Smelling nervous Filaments whereupon the progress of the Animal Liquor is stopped and the nervous Fibres consigned to the sensitive powers rendred relaxed and disabled to accomplish the operations of the outward Senses The Motion is taken away by the paucity of the Animal Spirits The Motion is taken away by the paucity or indisposiâ—ion of Animal Spirits or rather by the indisposition of them when they have lost their tensive and elastick quality not expanding the Interstices of the nervous Filaments so that they have not been stiff and plump and thereby made uncapable to execute the motive faculty of the Limbs Some have imagined that the Sense of Touching hath been abolished Some conceive that the Sense of Touching hath been lost and Motion preserved and Motion at the same time preserved entire to which this reply may be given That this Hypothesis wanteth a clear stating whether these different operations of Sense and Motion be meant of the same or of diverse parts if it be understood of the same it is improbable by reason that the Cutis is the organ of Touching but not of Motion which is performed by carnous Fibres of the Muscles which are deficient in the Skin only endued with nervous Fibrils the instrument of Touching and when they have lost their Sensation as it is sometimes found in Scorbutick Habits of Body the Succus Nervosus and the Animal Spirits relating to the Coats are depraved whereupon the cutaneous Nerves grow flabby and relaxed and lose their sense of Touching as in a paralytick distemper and yet at the same time the carnous Fibres of the Muscles retain their Motion as their Nerves are rendred Tense by the Spirits and elastick Particles of Animal Liquor invigorating the nervous Filaments seated in the Muscles which is taken away in the Limbs and most parts of the Body upon the compression of the spinal Marrow by Blood or serous Recrements falling down from the Brain in an Apoplexy whence ariseth a Hemiplegia a loss of Motion in half the Body or this defect of Motion in the Musclar parts may proceed from a wound in or great blow upon the Spine in which cases the current of the Animal Liquor and Spirits is intercepted As to the Prognosticks of this Disease it is very hard to be cured The Prognosticks of a Palsey as the Brain Spinal Marrow and Nerves are affected and as a resolution of one or more parts is made which is removed with great difficulty especially if this Disease be a consequent of an Apoplexy Carus Lethargy and the like As the Palsey is caused by a defluxion of ill Humors from the Brain to the Medulla Spinalis where a Paraplegia is produced and from thence the offensive Matter sometimes hath a recourse to the Brain as some Learned Men will have it but it seemeth more agreeable to Reason that a new Apoplexy is made by a farther stagnation of Blood or other gross Recrements compressing the nervous Compage of the Brain which are brought into the Brain by the carotide Arteries so that the offensive Matter compressing the Medulla Spinalis is not brought upward from thence into the substance of the Brain The Palsey is less dangerous when only the Sense or Motion is taken away and worse where both are disaffected and the danger is greater when the Brain or Medulla Spinalis are obstructed or compressed which often proveth fatal to the Patient A Palsey is hardly cured which proceedcth from an extraordinary Contusion of any Vertebral or some other eminent Trunks of Nerves which doth not only proceed from the Attrition of Nerves but also from the inflammation of the neighbouring parts by extravasated Blood coming from lacerated vessels whence ariseth a Tumor compressing the bruised vertebral Nerves and aggravating the Palsey A Tremor supervening this Disease speaketh somewhat of hope as it denoteth some vigor of the relaxed parts productive of a tremulous Motion whereby the progress of the Animal Liquor and Spirits is in some degree promoted And if the resolved Limbs be acted with heat it giveth some hope of recovery as it is enlivened in part by Vital and Animal Liquor if the indisposed Limb do labour of an Atrophy or hath lost its natural heat and vivid colour it speaketh a great difficulty of Cure because the part affected is destitute of vital heat and nourishment which is occasioned by the defect of the Succus Nervosus a main ingredient of Nutricion as confederated with the Albuminous parts of the Blood and assimilated into the substance of the part In all disaffections of the Nerves A Fever is good in Paralitick Distempers as in paralitick Diseases flowing from cold serous and pituitous Recrements a Fever is very advantageous as discharging the offensive Matter by a free transpiration and frequent Sweats passing through the Pores of the Skin which warms and exsiccates the Nerves and as to the Fibrils heat enlargeth the narrow spaces of the nervous Filaments and maketh way for the reception and progress of the Animal Liquor rendring the Nerves Tense and disposed for motion The Cure of this Disease is very various The methods of a Cure of a Palsey are different as they succeed various Diseases as proceeding from several causes speaking different methods and Medicines appropriated to diverse kinds of this Disease as it is successive to other Diseases or proceeding from some evident or some antecedent or from procatarctick causes In reference to a Palsey supervening an Apoplexy Carus Convulsive motion and the like which being primary Diseases productive of a Palsey do indicate Bleeding Bleeding and Purging Medicines are proper when a Palsey is a consequent of an Apoplexy Carus c. and Purgative Medicines mixed with Cephalicks Clysters made of Emollients and discutients to which may be added purging Electuaries Syrupes c. As also Cupping-glasses Vesicatories Sternutatories Cephalick Julapes Pills Powders which have been already more largely Treated of in the Cure of an Apoplexy Carus c. And if this paralytick Disease be not conquered in a Fortnight or Fifteen days as it groweth radicated and habitual it relates to a preservatory Indication which I intend hereafter to propound A Palsey derived from
the Os Ilium part of the Foundation of the lowest Story which is carried upward by this upper Abdominal Arch as the highest Machine of Motion The second Arch is the oblique ascendent Muscle and is conjoyned below to the Floor of the lowest Apartiment and above to the Semicircular Walls of the middle so that this middle Machine draweth the the lower part of this Lateral Wall appertaining to the middle Story toward the foundation of the lowest Apartiment And the transverse Muscles the lowest Machine of Motion joyned behind to the Carved Processes of the jointed Column supporting the lowest Story draweth it inward toward the Linea Alba and the right Muscles the Peers of the Abdominal Walls whose Capitals are fixed above to the Cone of the Sternon the fore Wall of the middle Story and below to the middle of the Floor of the lowest Apartiment So that these straight Machines according to their various Motions do pull downward the Anterior Wall of the middle Story toward the Peers of this Abdominal Frame and again draw up the Os Pubis some part of the Foundation of this lowest Apartiment toward the Ensiform Cartilage the lowest point of the middle Story CHAP. XV. Of Muscular Motion HAving Treated of the Constitution of Muscles as composed of Solid and Fluid parts of their more firm Particles as consisting of Carnous and I endinous Fibres and of the Fluid as made up of Vital and Nervous Liquors the efficients of Life Sense and Motion and of the Fabrick and use of the Abdominal Muscles I humbly conceive it may not be altogether improper to give some Account of Muscular Motion Fallopius assigneth Muscular Motion to fleshy Fibres which Fallopius in his Anatomical Observations doth consign to fleshy Fibres as the prime Machines of it saying In omni particular seipsam movente qua haud consistere possit nisi particula ipsa Fibris praedita sit atque illis penitus Carneis And on this account a Muscle seemeth to be made of a great company of Carnous Filaments tied to each other by thin Membranous Ligaments derived from the Coat investing the Muscle and divers ways insinuating it self with thin Membranous Tunicles between the Fibres into the body of the Muscle Every Machine of Motion is furnished with divers ranks of fleshly Fibres A Muscle is accommodated with many rows of fleshy Fibres inserted into the Tendon The motion of a Muscle is celebrated by the contraction of the Fibres inward whereby the body of the Muscle becometh Tense and Rigid all inserted and radicated into the Tendon the Membrane encircling the surface of the Muscle so that in Motion there is a Co-ordination of fleshy Particles running in oblique parallel Lines which moving inward do contract the Muscle making the body of it tense and rigid and leaving the outward Coat of the Muscle flaccid and riveled which Motion is likely performed by vertue of fleshy Fibres according to most Ingenious Fallopius But Galen being as great in Antiquity as learning is of another Opinion which is seconded by him with no less if not greater reason by assigning the Tendinous Fibres to be the principal Organs of Muscular Motion in his Twelfth Book De Usu Partium and the Third Chapter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Galen maketh the Tendinous Fibres collected into one body in the Tendon the Organs of muscular motion Tendo est primum Organorum motus Musculus vero ipse generationis ejus gratia factus The Tendinous Fibres being as well the Prima Stamina in the Fabrick of the Muscles as also the prime Machines of Motion and therefore they run in very numerous small Filaments espoused with some Nervous Fibres through the whole substance of the Muscle and are collected both in the Origen and Termination of it into entire Bodies commonly called the Tendons which fasten the Muscles in both Extreamities to some Bone Cartilage or Ligament Upon this account the Carnous parts The Carnous Fibres are only assistant in muscular motion which are only Auxiliaries cannot challange to themselves a principality of Motion when they do not reach the part to be moved being only joyned at a distance to the Tendon and the Tendon is only affixed immediately to the moveable Term which is not at all united to the fleshy Fibres in its Termination Steno maketh Flesh and a Tendon to be integrated of Carnous Fibres loosely or firmly united But learned Steno foreseeing this difficulty endeavoureth to salve it by affirming the Tendon to be a composition of fleshy Fibres Which saith he being loosely united do constitute Flesh but being closely conjoyned do make a Tendon his words are these in his 14th Page of his Book De Musculis Glandulis Caro non est Perenchyma aut tomentum sed eaedem Fibrillae quae Arcte connexae Tendinem constituunt latius junctae carnem constituunt But I conceive A Tendon is like a Cord made up of Nervous and Ligamentous Fibrils with the leave of this Learned Author that a Tendon resembleth a Cord not made up of loose Flesh but solid Tendinous Fibres which again may be resolved into many Ligamentous and some Nervous Particles and though it be difficult to discover how these Fibres do espouse each other in a near union yet I humbly conceive it may be evinced by Reason That a Tendon is interwoven with Nervous Fibrils as it appeareth being Convulsed in Punctures and Wounds to which a Tendon could be no ways liable if it did wholly consist of Ligamentous Filaments parts altogether insensible Again The difference of Tendinous and fleshy Fibres in colour and consistence the one being white and solid the other red and soft If according to this Ingenious Author's Opinion the fleshy Fibres do constitute the Tendon why do they not appear upon the cross Cutting it when they differ so much both in Colour and Consistence from the Tendinous Fibres the fleshy being Red and soft and the Tendinous hard and White And as far as I can apprehend the right oblique and transverse Fibres of the Stomach and the right and orbicular of the Intestines which give them their various Motions cannot be truly termed fleshy as Falopius will have it when these Fibres are of a Nervous or Tendinous nature being of a white Colour and Learned and Worthy Doctor Croone hath well observed in his Anatomical Lectures at Chirurgeonâ—-Hall that the Fibrils of moving Membranes are not red So that the Muscular Motion may be truly attributed to the Nervous Fibres as in Conjunction with the Ligamentous through which the subtle Animal Particles are communicated from the Brain and Spinal Marrow to the Tendinous Filaments composing the main body in both Extreamities of the Muscles fixed to some solid part These Tendinous Fibres are very strong and firm The Tendinous Fibres are solid and strong the Carnous weak and flabby whereupon Muscular motion cannot be chiefly assigned to them able to lift up the heavy weight of the Limbs
to another do lessen the former Dimensions affecting the Muscles before their Contraction So that the Muscles consisting of a double Tendon The Fibres being contracted in Muscular Motion the Muscle is shortned by bringing one Extreamitie as much as may be toward the other seated in each Extreamity are accompanied with Carnous Intermedial Fibres which being contracted inward do shorten the bodies of Muscles by bringing both their Extreamities nearer which being fastned to two different Terms the one moveable the other immoveable the moveable Extreamity upon the abbreviation of the Muscle in contraction must necessarily be drawn toward the immoveable Term as the Center of Motion Some learned Men do consign the motion of Muscles to Inflation Some attribute the manner of Muscular motion to a kind of Inflation deduced from the Volatil parts of Nervous Liquor inspired with Elastick Particles of Air insinuating themselves into Spaces interceding the Filaments of Carnous Fibres puffing them up and enlarging the Bulk of the Muscles But I suppose it more reasonable to believe that the Nervous Fibres are invigorated only by the spirituous Elastick Particles of the Animal Spirits not blowing up but irritating only the tender Filaments which being of most acute sense do contract themselves toward the inward Recesses of the Muscle Muscular motion is performed by irritation of the Fibres made by the Spirituous and Elastick parts of the Nervous Liquor and by drawing the Carnous Fibres close together do render its body more stiff and less by emptying the Vessels and the substance of the Muscle of its fluid parts which I imagine is thus effected In the Contraction of a Muscle the Carnous parts having a recourse inward do compress the Vessels and their Spaces passing between them and do first briskly squeese the Vessels impelling the source of Blood out of the Arteries into the Interstices of the Vessels and from thence into the Capillary Veins and their greater Branches till the Blood passeth through the Trunk of the Cava The motion of the Blood is quickned by motion of Fibres compressing the Blood Vessels into the right Chamber of the Heart into which an extraordinary quantity of Blood is speedily imported in violent motion of the Body performed by quick and strong contractions of various Muscls which making compressions of numerous Sanguiducts do immit so great a torrent of Blood into the Heart that it is not able to discharge this Luxuriant Liquor by ordinary Pulsations and therefore it doubles and trebles the Vibration to satisfie the importunity The Muscles of the whole Body are Antagonists to the Muscle of the Heart caused by the over-hasty motion of Antagonist Muscles which are those of the whole Body in reference to the Heart thereby drawing the Lungs into strong and violent Motions that they might receive more frequent draughts of Air and attenuate the Blood and by Expiration to protrude it through the Lungs to free them from a sudden Suffocation So that it is very evident that the Muscles by the motion of their Carnous Fibres inward do straighten the Cavities of the Vessels and squeese not only the Vital Liquor out of the Arteries and Veins but the Nervous also out of the Filaments of Nerves whereupon the body of the Muscles must grow less upon the protrusion of their fluid parts and the body of the Muscle is not only lessened in greatness but in length too produced by the corrugation of the Carnous Fibres as learned Doctor Lower doth most reasonably assert So that the length of the Muscle is abbreviated when one Extreamity is fixed and the other left at liberty to play The Muscle being abbreviated pulleth the Limbs toward the center of motion and upon the contraction of the Muscle it being shortned the moveable part doth pull the Limbs to which it is fastned toward the quiescent term as the Center of Motion upon which the motion of the Muscle is supported Having taken the freedom to speak of the Mechanick parts of the Muscles founded in the Tendinous and Carnous Fibres and the Motion of them in a general Notice it followeth now in course to explain their more particular Motions how they relate to this and that Muscle and how a single or some few Muscles or more in confaederacy move and all the rest lie quiet I confess the causes and manner how this is accomplished is very intricate and perplexed are very little understood as depending upon the secret and unintelligible operation of the Soul in the Organick parts of the Body which how they are acted by that more Divine Principle and how an Immaterial Essence can espouse so near a union with a Material as to animate and move it arbitrarily It is very obscure how some Muscles should move at pleasure and others not and how such an intimate correspondence can be held between two such disproportioned Natures is so obscure and profound that it is very difficult if not impossible to be fathomed and how the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 should at its pleasure single out one or more Muscles and engage them to Motion and the rest of the Muscles of the whole Body rest unaffected Ingenious Regius hath ventured on a new Project as I conceive to salve the Phaenomena of this Motion by assigning it to two several Valves seated within the Nerves which being opened by the determination of the Will give the Animal Spirits an inlet into particular Muscles and these Valves being shut up give a check to the influence of the Spirits and so the Soul should not act in emission of Animal Spirits issuing from the Brain and Spinal Marrow but by opening and shutting these Valves And so our Divine part should play the part of an Organist in opening and shutting such Valves placed within the Organ procuring such Wind continually impelled out of the Bellows to pass according to his pleasure into this and that Pipe which he commandeth by pressing down the keys with his Fingers and opening the Valves appendant to the Keys and according to this phancy peculiar Filaments should be communicated from the Brain when the operations of the Soul are most eminently celebrated to every Valve of the Nerves opened and shut according to the commands of the Will This opinion The opinion of the Nervous Valves is contrary to sense supposing the motion of particular Muscles to be determined by the opening and shutting of Nervous Valves is built upon the flux and reflux of the Animal Spirits from and to the Brain and Spinal Marrow which seemeth very improbable seeing that which produceth the various determination of single Muscles and in a moment of time openeth and shutteth the Valves in the different contractions of several machines of Motion cannot be caused by the meer influx of Spirits which can only open the Valves and there can be no reflux of Spirits which when they are once entred into the Nerves they cannot be recalled by the power of the
Rank of smaller Teeth guarding the upper surface of the Tongue set in a Semilunary Figure and bending toward the Throat to give a check to the return of the Aliment received into the Mouth and the sides of the Tongue are garnished with divers Minute Glands furnished with Holes which are the terminations of the Excretory Ducts through which destilleth a thin Liquor somewhat resembling Spittle Some Fish have no Tongues but are endued with soft Palates Fish having no Tongue have their Glandulous Palates supplying their Defect which Learned Rondeletius calleth Fleshy But indeed are Glandulous as being Compositions of many small Glands which is very eminent in the Palates of Tenches Breams and Carps and in other Fish destitute of Tongues Other Fish have Tongues as all Ceteceous kinds as Dolphins The Tongue of a Dolphin is moveable which have broad and short Tongues And according to Rondeletius have a freedom to display themselves up and down A Porpess is also a Cetaceous kind The Tongue of a Porpess is Muscular having a fleshy Tongue beset with Salival Glands fringed with divers Indentments about its Margents and is fastned to the lower region of the Mouth The Semicircles belonging to the Mouth of a Gurnet †Ta. 5. Fig. 2. being parted in the middle are composed of a Bony substance and furnished with many small Teeth which do adjoyn to the Tongue in the Arterior part of the Mouth which is encircled by it These bending Confines have some semblance with the under Lip †Ta. 5. Fig. 2. a a both in shape and as capable of Motion up and down and is discriminated from the under Lip of Man which is Fleshy and Glandulous as it is of a Bony substance beset with Teeth Between the under Lip †Ta. 5. Fig. 2. b b b. and the tip of the Tongue is lodged a Glandulous Body made up of small Glands covered with a thin Membranous Coat The Tongue of a Gurnet is plump †T. 5. F. 2 c c. and its Origen covered with a thin Membran and is framed of a Bony substance without any Glands which are supplied by those seated between the Lip and Tongue which is attended with a Bony Process to which the Guills are fastned on each side The Guills of a Gurnet adjacent to the Tongue are fringed with various Blood Vessels Arteries Veins affixed to the lower region of the Bony Semicircles of the Guills and are embossed in their upper parts with many Knobs or Prominencies †Ta. 5. Fig. 2. d d d d. somewhat resembling the great Teeth of other Animals which are much smaller and more numerous in the Guills of Pikes Within the Circumference of the first Guill above the Heart are lodged two Protuberancies †Ta. 5. Fig. 2. e e e e. somewhat like Pectoral Lozenges in shape and are dressed with a great company of small Teeth Beyond these rough Protuberancies in a Gurnet are seated a number of small Glands †T. 5. F. 2. f f. enwrapped in a thin Membrane shrivelled up into many Folds and about the termination of the Palate of this Fish beginneth the entrance of the Gulet which is Circular and Large and hath many Folds †T. 5. F. 2. g g. which appear in the inside of the opened Gulet the upper edges of the lower Mandible †Ta. 5. Fig. 4. a a a a. are garnished with sharp Teeth in a Pike and between the sides of the Mandible near the forepart and under the beginning of the Tongue is seated a Glandulous substance †Ta. 5. Fig. 4. b b b b. covered with a thin white Membrane The Tongue of a Pike is made of a Bony substance †T. 5. F. 4. c c. covered with a fine white Coat which is broad and thin in the Origen and is attended with a long and narrow Bony Process to which another Bony Protuberance is affixed bedecked with numerous small Teeth And these Bony Protuberancies are encompassed on each side within a broad thin Bone †Ta. 5. Fig. 4. e e e e. encircled with a Silver coloured Membrane fastned in their Origen to the sides of the Tongue and in their Bases to a thin Membrane fixed to the inside of the lower Mandible The Guills of a Pike in their Originations are fastned higher and lower to the Bony Process †Tab. 5. Fig 4. f f f f. joyned to the Tongue and passing along the lower part of the Mouth and the Guills are Fringed on each side with Blood Vessels and their upper Region is beset with short Teeth †Tab. 5. Fig. 4. g g g g Within the two inmost Guills are placed two oblong Protuberancies †Tab. 5. Fig. 4. h h h h. furnished with many rows of numerous Teeth which are fixed to a Membrane covering a fleshy Expansion guarding the Apartiment in which the Heart is lodged CHAP. VII Of the Sense of Tasting THus I have Treated of the Structure of the Lips Teeth Palate and Tongue consisting of the various parts of Membranes Processes Arteries Veins Nerves Conglomerated Glands and their Excretory Vessels as preliminary to their farther several uses of Tasting Speaking Mastication and their Pathology of which I will Discourse in order The Grand Architect out of His great Love to His Creatures hath complaced them in the grateful Sense of Tasting to invite them to the enjoyment of his Benefits with Pleasure and Satisfaction in order to their Support and Preservation The Ratio formalis of Tasting consisteth in Action and Passion Action and Passion are different Modalities of the same entity which are different Modellings of the same Entity Action deriveth it self from an Operative principle Tanquam a termino a quo the Motion proceedeth And Passion is a termination and reception of it into its subject as being the Terminus in quem the Action is received Tasting floweth from Saline and Sulphureous Particles making appulses upon the Nerves seated in the Tongue so that Tasting is an Affection flowing from the motion of Saline and Sulphureous Particles often produced by Mastication conveyed through the Pores of the upper Membrane of the Tongue to its proper Sensory upon which an Appulse is made in Sensation whereupon it may be truly stiled a Perception of a stroke made by the motion of a due Object upon the proper subject of Sensation and thence transmitted by the continuation of Nerves to the common Sensory seated in the Brain apprehending and discriminating the different Objects and operations of the outward Senses But I will speak more distinctly of the sense of Tasting and its Sensory Tasting is not seated in the soft parts of the Tongue which many famous Anatomists as Bauhine Bartholine Westling and others have placed in the soft Carnous parts of the Tongue which is comcomposed of some part of the red Crassament and oily Particles of the Blood extravasated and adhering to the Interstices of the Vessels
a free and open Inflation of it without any appulse of the Finger Consonants abstractly taken are Mutes and like Ciphers without Figures have no value of themselves receiving their significancy from association of Vowels because Consonants denuded of Vowels either preclude all Sound or at least give a check to it Consonants are rendred significant by the association of Vowels they being Articulated by the apposition of one organ of Speech to another Hence ariseth the easiness of uniting Consonants to Vowels because it is more facile to pass from the appulse of one organ of Speech upon another to the Aperture Vowels make Speech intelligible and easie as passing from an appulse of one organ of Speech upon another to an aperture of the Mouth then to go from stop to stop without an Aperture and the Articulation of some Consonants is caused by the closure of the Mouth which is made by the Temporal Muscle drawing up the lower Mandible with Lips joyned to it till it kiss the upper and the Aperture is successively produced in the pronounciation of Vowels derived from the secret motions of the Tongue with the free passage of the Breath in an open Mouth caused by the contraction of the Digastrick Muscles pulling the lower Mandible and Lip downward Again Besides the significancy and easiness of Speech Vowels are also easie in reference to free play of breath in an open Mouth in Vowels which is more close in the forming of Consonants proceeding from the joyning of Consonants with Vowels there is also less expense of Breath made or at least a freer play of it every Consonant being framed by a stop of one organ of Speech upon another hindreth Respiration detaining the Breath within the Mouth whereas the Vowels are pronounced with open Lips wherein we entertain a free entercourse of inspired and expired Air. CHAP. VIII Of Spittle HAving spoke of the nature and situation of divers Conglomerated Glands Oral Glands emitting Liquor into the Mouth it may not seem altogether amiss to Treat somewhat of the several Liquors such and such Recrements emitted by Excretory Vessels into the Mouth comprehended under one general term of Spittle A fourfold matter of Spittle consisting of a fourfold distinct Matter The first called Bronchus a pituitous Matter coughed out of the Lungs The second is Coriza Narium The third Mucus Tonsillarum The fourth Saliva which I handle chiefly in reference to Mastication and Digestion of Aliment Bronchus is a crass viscid Humour Bronchus is a clammy matter derived originally from the ill concocted Chyme often deriving its origen from an ill Concoction of the Stomach producing a crude Chyle which being conveyed by the Mesenterick and Thoracic Lacteae to the Subclavian Vessels is thence transmitted by the Cava into the right Chamber of the Heart where the Milky Humour is so gross and clammy that it cannot receive so exact a comminution into small Particles by the motion of the Heart whereupon the Chyme remaining unmixed to a great degree cannot be well turned into Blood and is squeesed out of the right Ventricle by the contraction of the Heart into the Pulmonary Artery where although this Lacteous Juice receiveth a farther Comminution yet remaineth so unassimilated that the more Minute Capillary Veins of the Lungs cannot give a reception to this gross clammy Matter The crude Chyme separated from the Blood in the Lungs is discharged by a Cough out of the Bronchia and Aspera Arteria commonly called Pituita which is impelled with the Blood by the Pulsation of the Artery into the Interstices of the Vessels where this gross Recrement is streined from the Blood and forced into the Branches of the Bronchia which being irritated forcibly contract themselves to throw out this unwelcome Guest with the Breath out of their more Minute Ducts into the greater Channel of the Aspera Arteria whose lower region being first Contracted by its right and Circular Fibres The pituitous Matter is ejected the Bronchia by the contraction of the right and circular Fibres and then the upper move higher and higher with great quickness till this pituitous Matter is discharged into the Mouth and at last spit out This Recrement of the Blood is as I conceive more thin and frothy when it is first landed out of the substance of the Lungs into the Bronchia where it acquireth a greater Consistence and is endued with various Colours as White speaking its race from the Lacteous Humour as also with Yellow and Green proceeding either from the mixtures of Purulent Matter in Ulcers of the Lungs or from the impurities of the Serous Liquor of the Blood from whose red Crassament the Ulcerous Pituitous Matter is tinged with Red and thrown up in violent Coughs But if the Chyme be so far attenuated by the Motion of the Blood that it can be entertained with it into the Pulmonary Veins it is afterward communicated to the left Chamber of the Heart and thence impelled by a brisk Motion first into the Common Trunk and afterward into the Ascendent Trunk of the Aorta The second kind of Spittle the Mucus Tonsillarum is the gross Matter severed from the Blood in the substance of the Tonsils as in a Colatory and by the External Carotides terminating into the Tonsillary Glands in whose substance as by a Colatory the Blood being depurated from its grosser Recrement called by Doctor Wharton Mucus Tonsillarum is returned by the External Jugulars while its Recremental Mucous part stayeth behind being lodged sometime in the substance of the Tonsils where it being more thickned is at last Exonerated by hawking through the smaller Excretory Vessels into a greater Channel terminating into the Mouth Furthermore The Tonsils being accommodated with divers Fibres issuing from the Nerves of the Third Fourth and perhaps from the Fifth pair of Nerves These Glands being not endued with Motion A Nervous Liquor doth impraegnate the serous parts of the Blood and is the nourishment of the Tonsils nor with much of Sense a small portion of Nerves would be sufficient for them unless they were designed to some other use which is to convey as I conceive Nervous Liquor into the substance of the Tonsils where a Defaecation being made the purer part is ordained for their Nourishment and the less pure and in some degree profitable Particles of the Recrement are returned into the Lymphaeducts while the more gross being longer deteined and incrassated in the substance of the Glands are at length ejected by the Excretory Vessels terminating near the Root of the Tongue and these Faeces of the Nervous Liquor make a considerable part of the Mucus of the Tonsils The third kind of Spittle The third kind of Spittle is Mucus Narium is that Recrement of the Nostrils called Coryza sometimes exuding out of the terminations of the Capillary Arteries and Fibres of Nerves inserted into the inward Coat of the Nose and other
The third indisposition of the Concoctive Faculty The depraved action of the digestive power of the Guts belonging to the Intestines is its depraved action produced by ill Ferments of sharp Bilious and sour Pancreatick Liquor vitiating the extracted Aliment in the Guts and afterward spoiling the Mass of Blood when it is received into association with it in the Blood Vessels and Chambers of the Heart As to the first disaffection of the lost Concoctive Faculty in the Intestines The obstruction of the Hepatick and Pancreatick Ducts are Cured by Aperient Medicines proceeding from the defect of Bilious and Pancreatick Liquor caused by the obstruction of the Hepatick and Pancreatick Ducts it doth indicate proper Aperient Medicines made of the Roots of Dogs-Grass Wild Asparagus Parsley and Salendine the great the Rine of Ash Tamarisk Barberies The Cure of the Celiack Passion and the shavings of Ivory c. Of which Alterative Apozems may be prepared with Purgatives to which may be added Chalybeat Medicines mixed with Antiscorbuticks which will regain the Concoctive Faculty of the Guts as well as Stomach The second distemper belonging to the Concoctive power of the Guts called the Caeliack Affection wherein a Secretion of the Chyle from the Faeces is not performed by reason of unactive Bile and Pancreatick Liquor and dispirited Serous and Nervous Liquors it doth denote the same method of Cure and Medicines proper to a Lientery from which it differeth only in Degree As to the Cure of the third Disaffection The depraved Concoctive power proceeding from the acrimony of Bile and acidity of the Pancreatick Juice is Cured by Testaceous powders and Antiscorbutick and Chalybeat Medicines the depraved function of the Concoctive power appertaining to the Guts derived from the acrimony of Bile and the sourness of the Pancreatick Juice it denoteth by reason of the sharpness of the Bile Acids as Juice of Oranges Pomgranates Berberies and the like and the acid quality of the Pancreatick Liquor may be rectified by Testaceous Powders and by Antiscorbutick and Chalybeat Preparations which do first correct the acidity of the Blood and afterward the Pancreatick Liquor so that this useful Recrement may be subservient to the extracting and refining Chyle in the Guts Another disaffection of the Intestines and that none of the least by reason it concerneth the Nutricion of the whole Body is when the distributive faculty of the Chyle is either wholly taken away or much lessened which may proceed either from the clamminess of the Chyle or from the grossness of pituitous Humours more or less obstructing the Orifices of the Lacteal Vessels seated in the Intestines or by the natural straightness of the Extreamities themselves as having too Minute Perforations The Cure of this Disease may be assisted with a good Diet The disaffected distributive faculty of Chyle proceeding from its grossness and viscidity is Cured perfectly by the assumption of good Aliment and by Attenuating Inciding and Deterging Medicines in eating of Meat easie of Concoction and by drinking of good Wine which much promoteth the Digestion of the Stomach and Guts to which may be added Attenuating Inciding and Detergent Medicines which do thin and cut the viscidity of the Chyle and cleanse the Intestines from overmuch clammy Phlegm and also open the over small and obstructed Extreamities of the Lacteal Vessels implanted into the Guts The Intestines also are incident to divers Diseases in reference to their Expulsive Faculty when the Peristaltick Motion is too slow or too quick or aggrieved with the discomposure of Pain The slowness of the Motion of the Guts The slowness of the Peristaltick Motion of the Guts derived from its stupid nervous coat doth indicate Cephalick Medicines proceedeth either from the stupid indisposition of the Nervous Coat not resenting the trouble of gross Excrements when the Nervous Fibrils inserted into the inward Coat of the Intestines have their acute Sense lessened proceeding from the want of Animal Spirits intercepted first in the Fibrous parts of the Brain and by consequence in the Nerves of the Guts produced by Cephalick Diseases compressing or obstructing the Fibrils seated in the Brain This disaffection is Cured by proper Methods and Medicines relating to the Diseases of the Head of which I will Treat hereafter in the Pathology of the Brain The slowness of the Peristaltick Motion The slowners of the Expulsive quality of the Guts coming from Narcoticks may be Cured by strong Purgatives and sharp Clysters incident to the Guts may be also derived from Narcotick Medicines dulling the acute sense of the Nerves terminating into the inward Tunicle of the Intestines whereupon they are not sensible of their Burden when they are oppressed with Excrements this Disaffection may admit a Cure by strong Purgatives and sharp Clysters The remissness of the Expulsive power of the Guts The slowness of the Peristaltick Motion proceeding from the hot and dry temper of the Guts doth indicate cold and moist Applications may arise from the viscid and indurated Contents flowing from ill Concoction the other from the heat of the Guts exhausting the Liquid parts of the Excrements This Disease importeth drinking good store of Whey and other thin cold and moist Medicines and a Diet consisting much of thin Broths Water-gruel Barley-gruel Barley-cream Oatmeal-caudle made with Water and Oatmeal and Small-Beer and cold and moist Medicines as Ptisanes and Emulsions prepared with the cooling Seeds and sometimes may be advised Lenient Purgatives when the Guts are overcharged with a load of Excrements The overhasty Motion of the Guts The overhasty motion of the Guts is appeased by Lenient and Astringeat Purgatives and Alteratives is made in a Lientery and Caeliack Passion proceeding from the quantity of crude and indigested Aliment provoking the Nervous and Carnous Fibrils to excretion this disaffection of the Guts is visible also in Diarrhaea's proceeding from salt Phlegm and from Bilious and Serous Excrements discomposing the tender compage of the Guts and irritating them to Expulsion The Cure of this Disease is performed by Lenient and Astringent Purgatives prepared with Diascordium Myrabolans Rubarb c. Which at once throw off the troublesome Excrements and corroborate the Carnous Fibres of the Guts in order to their Retentive Faculty Afterward Purgatives Astringent Medicines may be safely Administred as the Decoctum Album given with Astringent Electuaries and in case of great Fluxes much impairing the strength of the Body Narcoticks may be advised as Laudanum Londinense and drops of Liquid Laudanum prepared with Juice of Quinces or Tartar The Peristaltick Motion of the Guts is highly violated in a Dysentery which may admit this Definition As being an Ulcer of the Intestines accompanied with frequent Stools and great tortures of the Bowels proceeding from a sharp corroding Matter Dysenteries are often complicated with other Diseases of the Guts as Inflammations Abscesses Ulcers Gangreens and Mortifications Inflammations of the Guts producing Dysenteries are
Veins do export the Blood exalted with Nervous Juice and the Lymphaeducts a Serous Lympha Secerned from it So that it may seem very probable the great number of Nerves derived from the par vagum and Subclavian Plex are branched and inserted into the Glands of the Thymus not to give motion or sense with which these are not affected in any great degree but to impart a choice Liquor which is freely dispensed through the terminations of these Nerves into the substance of the Thymus where it being separated from some Recrements meeteth and associates with the Blood which is afterward discharged into the Capillary Veins whose Extremities do hold a due proportion in shape and size with the said Defaecated Liquors Dr. Wharton giveth another account Telling us in his Chapter de Thymo That the Lymphaeducts receive the more gross parts of the Nervous Liquor and the purer are resumed into the Nerves for the use of the Nervous parts in reference to the whole Body whereupon to do the Author Justice I will give you his own words which relate to the Nervous Liquor Ubi superfluae ejus partes in transitu per Glandulae substantiam secernuntur per Lymphaeductus purusque liquor per Nervos in eandem disseminatos resumitur in partium Nervosarum totius Corporis usum But it will be difficult to apprehend this Learned Author 's more curious Sentiments how the Liquors strained through the smaller Pores of the body of the Glands as through a fine Colatory should be readmitted in the Extremities of the Nerves and stem the tide of the Nervous Liquor whose current runneth down from the Brain between the Filaments of the Nerves clean contrary to this Retrograde motion which tendeth upward and thwarteth the constant Deflux of the Animal Liquor from the Brain whose gentle motion squeeseth it forward by the weight of the Liquor as one drop presseth another forward Lastly The most noble use of the Nervous Liquor in the Glands of the Thymus I humbly conceive the most noble use of the Animal Liquor dropping out of the terminations of the Nerves into the substance of the Thymus is to contribute its Mite to the gentle fermentation of the Blood The Animal Liquor being impregnated with Spirituous and Volatil Saline Particles in the Cortical Glands and other Processes of the Brain is at length transmitted into the par vagum and thence communicated to the Subclavian Plex into the substance of the Thymus where it is embodied with the Blood and conveyed with it into the Capillary Veins and thence into the Subclavian Branches and Vena Cava into the right Ventricle of the Heart by whose repeated contractions the Succus Nutricius being dashed against the inward walls of the Chambers of the Heart is broken into most minute Particles whereupon the fine Saline parts of the Nervous Liquor being embodied with the Acide Atoms of the Blood do produce a great part of its Intestine motion consisting in a gentle effervescence and expansive motion much assisted by the Elastick parts of Air in which the more Volatil Atoms of the Nervous Liquor do endeavour to quit the more crude and more fixed parts of the Blood and Chymous Liquor which confine the more Spirituous till the grosser parts grow refined and exalted whereupon the Homogeneous parts being of a Fraternity do embody and assimilate themselves for their mutual preservation and the disagreeing Particles that cannot be reconciled by Intestine motion to the Nervous Liquor blended with Blood are Secerned by several Colatories of the Body where the Compage of Liquors being opened their Recrements are discharged by numerous Excretory Ducts where the Salival Liquor is thrown off by the Oval and Maxillary Glands as well as Tonsils and the more Serous Saline Recrements of the Blood and Nervous Liquor by the Glands of the Kidneys and the more gross Sulphureous by those of the Liver CHAP. IX Of a Pleurisy A Pleurisy and Peripneumonia hath great affinity with each other A Pleurisie as being frequent companions Sometimes the Pleurisie precedes the Peripneumonia and other times the latter is antecedent to the first and both have the same Cause a gross Blood apt to stagnate and beget Inflammations both in the Pleura and Lungs The Pleurisie is solitary sometimes A Pleurisie is sometimes Solitary and sometimes accompanied with a Peripneumonia as being destitute of the company of a Peripneumonia These Diseases may be distinguished from each other by proper Symptoms an Inflammation of the Lungs is accompanied with a higher Fever and greater difficulty of breathing than a Pleurisie which is attended with a pricking pain in the Side which sometime inclineth toward the Neck and other times toward the Hypocondres as the different parts of the Pleura are affected In a Bastard Pleurisie A Bastard Pleurisie which is an Inflammation of the Intercostal Muscles there is little or no Fever or Cough no spitting of Blood the Pulse less high the pain of the Side is less pricking and more beating and doth not affect the parts adjoyning to the Neck and Hypocondres The symptoms attending a true Pleurisie or Inflammation of the Pleura The symptoms of a Pleurisie are first a violent pricking pain of the Side a continued acute Fever though not so high as in a Peripneumonia Secondly a Pleurisie is accompanied with a quick and low Respiration by reason the Fleshy Fibres of the Intercostal Muscles cannot so highly contract themselves because the Pleura is enflamed So that the disordred Oeconomy of Nature endeavoureth to compensate the defect in magnitude with the frequent repeated acts of Respiration in order to the reception of Air to give an allay to the immoderate Effervescence of Blood and to attenuate its grosness by its fluid Elastick Particles in reference to motion the great preservative of Life A Pleurisie may be thus described The description of a Pleurisie vid. an Inflammation of the Pleura caused by gross Blood stagnated in the Interstices of the Vessels accompanied with violent pricking pain of the Side an acute Fever and a great difficulty of breathing The immediate or continent cause of this Disease The continent cause of a Pleurisie is a thick mass of Blood associated with indigested Chyme not well assimilated into Blood whence it is rendred gross and clammy and being carried by the intercostal Arteries into the substance of the Pleura it Stagnates and inflames the part as gaining an Effervescence by Extravasation The more remote causes of a Pleurisie are gross humors The remote causes of a Pleurisie as indigested Chyme caused first by Aliment hard to be Concocted as also by prohibited Transpiration flowing from cold Ambient Air shutting up the Pores of the Skin and detaining the gross steams in the Blood which else would have been thrown off by Transpiration these having recourse with the Blood into the empty spaces of the Vessels do produce a Pleurisie to which a watry Air clogged with
Objects made upon their Fibres which are thence transmitted by the continuation of Nerves and Fibrils to the inward Sensory where the common Sense determineth the perception recommended to it from the outward Organs And this Hypothesis I shall endeavour briefly to illustrate in several instances drawn from the manner of Perception produced by the Organs of different outward Senses consisting in the motion of the Objects and the contact of the Sensories of Smelling Seeing Tasting and Hearing As to the sense of Smelling the steams exhaled from odoriferous Bodies being associated with Air are carried up into the Caverns of the Nostrils where these thin effluvia being Systemes of many minute Bodies received into the Sensory of Smelling are configured to the Pores of the inward Membrane of the Nostrils composed of many Fibres derived from the Fifth pair of Nerves which are affected with soft and pleasant Appulses when the minute steamy Bodies agree in the size of their Angles with that of the Pores of the nervous Fibres but when they are of different sizes the disproportioned Bodies of steams grate upon the nervous Pores and then the Sensation proveth ungrateful so that the various Motions of Air impregnated with odoriferous Steams are first entertained into the inward Membrane of the Nostrils and thence transmitted by Fibres to the Trunk of Nerves sprouting out of the Medulla oblongata and are thence conveyed by Fibrils continued through the Fornix into the Corpus callosum the seat of the common Sense apprehending the perception of the outward Organs to be pleasant or unpleasant The sense of Seeing runneth parallel with other Senses in that its object being in motion maketh application to the outward Sensory affecting it with gentle strokes imparted by communion of Vessels to the inward Sensory the act of Seeing being the Perception of Appulses made on the nervous parts of the outward Organ and the more excellent part of Seeing being the inward apprehension determining Appulses first made in and then communicated from the external to the inward Sensory therein compleating the act of Sensation which I shall endeavour more fully to illustrate The Rays of Light the Object of Vision being a contexture of most innumerable minute Bodies consist of infinite lucide Particles streaming out of Celestial Bodies through every Physical point of the Hemisphaere in which the lucid Particles impel each other by an inexpressible swiftness of Motion through the most numerous minute pores of the Air continued to various opaque Bodies into which the Rays of Light being not able to penetrate do sport up and down in different positions of outward Surfaces forming several models of Light commonly called Colours as so many apparencies made up of diverse reflections of Light proceeding from Prominencies and Cavities from the Convex and Concave Surfaces of opaque Bodies whose greater or less Asperities causing fainter or deeper shades as so many allays to the Light do produce bright or dark Colours flowing from the various reflections of Light which carry along with it the Figure of outward Objects araied with Beams presented to the Eye under the form of a Pyramid the Base relating to the Object and the Cone to the Eye so that the Rays beautified with Colours and Figures of outward Objects do intersect each other and being of a subtle aethereal Nature do penetrate the transparent Membranes and Humors of the Eye which being of greater or less Density do make different Refractions of Light some bending towards and others from the perpendicular till at last these variously refracted Rays of Light make their appulses upon the Retina which is an expanded Coat framed of many Fibres as Tendrils sprouting out of the Optick Nerves which being affected with the motion of Figured Light do carry it up to and through the Medulla oblongata and Fornix to the common Sensory lodged in the more inward Recesses of the Brain where the strokes of modelled Light made upon the Retina are determined by an animal perception of the common Sense As to the Sense of Tasting diverse sapid Bodies being broken into small Particles and impregnated with salival Liquor derived from the Glands of the Mouth The extracted oily and saline Particles as they consist of various Figures and Magnitudes represented in the ruder Cubes Pyramids Cylinders Trigons Prismes Trapezia Rhombi of diverse Salts do produce different Tasts as they make various Appulses upon the inward coat of the Tongue consisting of many Fibrils of the Fifth pair of Nerves First affected with the motion of sulphureous and saline Particles in the Membrane of the Tongue which is thence carried up by the communion of Nerves unto the Base of the Brain and afterward through its several Processes to the inward Sensory where the common Sense is seated distinguishing the various strokes First made upon the outward Sensory and then imparted to the inward But the manner of Sensation in Hearing may be as I apprehend thus performed by various sounds which are so many Collisions of Air briskly recoiling from solid Bodies And as I conceive these sounds being numerous Particles of configured Air one part pressing another forward with great agility may be styled Radii which moving in straight lines into the Auditory passage do make Appulses upon the Tympanum as well braced by the various Contractions of the opposite minute Muscles inserted into it by which it is rendred stiff and tense thereby disposing it to receive the different impressions of Sounds being various models of Air striking upon the outward Surface of the Tympanum from whence the same Configurations of the outward Air are imparted to the inward innate Air which is a Cylinder made up of many Radii confined within the Tympanum and do move in a Pyramidal Figure its Base being toward the Tympanum and its Cone toward the Fenestra Ovalis in whose minute passage the Radii of the innate Air are contracted and thence conveyed along the Labyrinthus to another small Meatus the Fenestra Rotunda where the Radii of the innate configured Air are again contracted to give the more brisk Appulses upon the tender Membrane of the Coclea composed of many Fibres springing from the Seventh Conjugation commonly styled the Auditory Nerves by whose mediation the Appulses of variously tuned Air First made upon the Membrane of the Coclea are thence continued to the body of the Nerves seated in the Base of the Medulla oblongata through whose substance and that of the Fornix they are communicated by many continued Fibres to the Corpus callosum in which the common Sense is resident judging and determining Sounds the several Motions of figured Air reflected from solid Bodies making soft vibrations upon the Tympanum and Fibres of the Membrane investing the Coclea which are from thence handed by continued motion of Nerves and Fibres to the common Sensory CHAP. LVII Of the Chine ALthough my Intendment at this time is to Treat principally of the Medulla Spinalis as an elongation of
through the Processes of the Brain into the Medulla Spinalis and afterward transmitted through the several plicatures of the Brain into the Medulla Spinalis contained within the Skull and thence the Animal Liquor distilleth downward into the more narrow parts of the Medulla enclosed within the safe and rare repository of the Spine so that the Instance which ingenious Malpighius gave in the Cabbage to illustrate his Opinion That the Brain and Cerebellum Are appendices of the Medulla I humbly conceive is of no validity because the similitude doth not quadrate As the Fibres of the Plant have their progress upward through the stalke to the head of the Cabbage but the Fibres of the Brain are implanted into the Cortex The Fibres of the Brain are implanted into the Cortex and propagated through the Brain into the Medulla Spinalis where they have their principle of Radication and are so many roots from whence the Fibres are propagated First to the Medulla within the Skull and so downward to that of the Spine which plainly evidence that the Fibres do borrow their birth-right from the Cortex and are thence distributed through the medullary substance of the Brain to the Medulla Spinalis a Process or elongation of the Brain And the Opinion of Ingenious Bartholine and the other Learned Author I humbly conceive is fuller of exuberant phantacy then solid judgment by reason it seemeth very improbable that the Brain should be propagated from the Medulla Spinalis The more noble operations of the Soul are seated in the Brain and the greater and more noble part should be the off-spring of the more little in quantity and perfection The rational operations the elicite and imperate acts of the Understanding and Will and the Functions of the common Sense and phancy are celebrated in the Brain and only the sense of Touching and Motion are acted by Nerves transmitted from the Medulla Spinalis into the membranous and carnous parts and the nervous Liquor is first generated in the Cortex and Medullary substance of the Brain and thence propagated down into the Medulla Spinalis and so transmitted to the numerous pairs of Nerves sprouting out of it And last of all the Tendons of Muscles made up of the concourse of various Fibres of Nerves All muscular Motion doth receive its chief efficient cause from the Brain derived from the Medulla Spinalis when by several contractions they make different motions in antagonist Muscles receive their irradiations from Animal Spirits issuing out of the Brain into the Medulla Spinalis so that all muscular motion is first acted by the Commands and imperate acts of the Will seated in the Brain And lastly I will speak more closely in order to give a reply to the improbable conjecture of these Learned Men The Authors Opinion earnestly contending that the Brain is an appendage of the Medulla Spinalis which can neither be a principle of Dignity seeing the more eminent and noble acts of the Soul are exerted in the Brain and not in the Medulla Spinalis as it hath been lately demonstrated neither can the Medulla Spinalis be a principle per modum scaturiginis when the nervous Liquor is first formed in the Cortex of the Brain The Succus nutricius is first generated in the Cortex and thence propagated through all the parts of the Brain and thence conveyed through the Corpus callosum Fornix and Medulla oblongata to the Medulla Spinalis which cannot be a principle of dispensation to the Brain because the Brain doth influence the Medulla Spinalis which cannot celebrate its operations of Sense and Motion except the Spinal Nerves receive their first irradiations from the Brain The Medulla Spinalis is acted by Liquor coming from the Brain whose nobler functions ceasing in the stagnation of the Latex nervosus cause an Apoplexy and Catalepsis the motion of the Animal Liquor being intercepted in its progress towards the Medulla Spinalis the spinal Nerves lose their Sense and Motion as wanting their wonted and due influence dispensed to them from the Brain Neither can the Medulla Spinalis claim a preheminence over the Brain per modum originis which supposeth the Medulla Spinalis to pre-exist before the Brain which can no way be reasonably granted when in truth in this The Brain and Medulla Spinalis have their conception at the same time neither of them can challenge a superiority over the other they being truly Twinns and have their conception in the Uterus at the same time out of the seminal Matter the true Origen of them both at once giving them a first rudiment and delineation Quod Cerebrum Medulla Spinalis ex limpidissima aqua in coagulum callosum condensentur As Great Dr. Harvey our worthy Colleague hath very well observed The Medulla Spinalis is vulgarly divided into Two parts The Medulla Spinalis is double the First is the larger and more short taking its rise at the termination of the Brain about it and is Three or Four Inches long which being the Origen is contained within the Skull and is improperly styled a part of the Medulla Spinalis that being properly so called which is lodged within the Spine and passeth through the whole length of it from the Vertebers of the Neck to the Os Sacrum It s substance is much akinn in colour The substance of the Medulla Spinalis to that of the inward Recesses and Medulla oblongata of the Brain but somewhat different in solidity being somewhat more compact growing more and more firm as it maketh its approach toward the Os Sacrum It s tender fluid substance not capable of resisting brisker assaults is immured within strong Walls The case of the Medulla Spinalis being safely locked up within numerous strong Vertebers as so many small Cabinets finely wrought with rare natural Bone-work excellently beautified with great variety of oblique transverse and acute Processes to secure this fine silver Cord as the Wise Man styleth it from the rougher approaches of outward Objects The Coats of the Medulla Spinalis are Four Within the safer immurements of the more hard and bony substance of the Vertebers the more tender substance of the Medulla is enwrapped in more delicate Membranes as so many soft Repositories which are Four in number The First and most outward is a strong membranous Coat The First Integument arising from the Occiput as some conceive where it is firmly tied to the upmost Verteber of the Neck but Learned Spigellius deemeth it to proceed from the Ligaments of the Spine to which the Medulla Spinalis is fastned and therefore it is called Ligamentosa in reference to its ligamentous Origen consisting of many small ligamentous Filaments rarely interwoven with a most curious and Divine Hand striking them close and making them one entire Membrane keeping the Medulla tight from suffering any violation in the various flexures of the Vertebers this is immediately encircled
the Nerves about the Surface of the Medulla oblongata insinuateth it self with a soft stream between the Coats of the Instruments of Sense and Motion which act more or less briskly as they are more or less invigorated with a greater or less proportion of Animal Liquor which if it be more then is requisite for Completion of the Nerves proceeding from the Medullae oblongata it is thence communicated to the Medulla Spinalis being a continuation and elogation appendant to the former and the superabundant Animal Liquor is first conveyed by secret Nerves through the substance of the Medulla oblongata to the Medulla Spinalis lodged within the Skull and thence destilleth along the Medulla seated within the Spine and so propagated out of its substance by minute passages first into the various Filaments seated in the inward Recesses of the Medulla and is afterward continued to the Nerves of the Spine which are so many systems of Fibres taking their first rise from the more inward part of the Medulla where they are divided into many small Branches The numerous Fibrils of the Brain coagulated into Trunks about the Medulla oblongata and afterward united into one common Trunk about the Surface of the Medulla oblongata to whose hinder part the Cerebellum is fastned with two Medullary Processes as with a double stalk by whose mediation the Cerebellum holdeth an entercourse with the Medulla oblongata in dispensing to it an Animal Liquor first produced in the Cerebellum The purer part of the Blood is impelled out of the Aorta into the many divarications of Vertebral Arteries into the Cortex of the Cerebellum wherein the more serous and saline Particles are discharged into the Glands and the more gentle albugineous holding a due configuration and magnitude with the Cortical Pores of the Cerebellum are thereby strained and received into them while the more gross parts of the Purple Liquor being of a different figure and greatness are excluded these Pores and discharged into the Jugulars but the Animal Liquor exalted with Volatil Salt in the Cortex of the Cerebellum is thence dispensed by Medullary tracts into two large Meditullia through which it gently destilleth by two small Medullary Processes into the Medulla oblongata whence it is conveyed into the several pairs of Nerves derived from it Thus I have given you some account of the motion of Animal Liquor and of its several Gesses from part to part through the various Processes of the Brain and Cerebellum into the Medulla oblongata and Medulla Spinalis by whose mediation it is carried into numerous Nerves It may now seem not altogether improper to give you my meaner thoughts concerning the cause and manner of its motion The manner of the motion of the Nervous Liquor which may be celebrated as well out of its innate disposition as a fluid Body sollicited downward by its own weight from the ambient to the more retired and lower parts of the Brain and Medulla Spinalis and their appendant Nerves as also forced thither by an impulse caused by the Arteries inserted into the Cortex where the Animal Liquor hath its birthright of the more gentle separated from the more sulphureous part of the Blood and receiveth perpetual increase made by a constant repeated propagation of new Liquor as one part successive presseth another forward whose more thin and subtle substance may easily insinuate it self into the minute Pores of the Brain especially when it is continually prompted forward by the softer motion and gentle constriction of the Brain The contraction of the Brain which some Learned men have not faith enough to believe denying all motion to it but others more Candid say it is only immovable of it self being not acted with a proper natural motion yet grant it an accidental one proceeding only from the contraction and relaxation of the Arteries and this is very evident to Sense It hath been often observed in wounds of the Head wherein the Brain being divested of its Skull and more immediate Coats its motion is most plainly discovered which keepeth the same order and measure with the pulsation made in the Wrist which if that be slowly or hastily performed the motion of the Brain is commensurate to it and the Pulse ceasing in the Wrist at the same moment the Brain is wholly deprived of motion And I do most humbly conceive that the Brain cannot only be acted with an accidental motion performed by contraction of the Arteries whereby the neighbouring parts of the Brain being tender are josled to and fro according to the vibration and relaxation of the confining Vessels but the Brain is also capable of a natural motion notwithstanding its soft friable substance which is interlaced and supported with great variety of Fibres whose Interstices are only filled up with a kind of white tender Parenchyma The Compage of the Brain is Fibrous as well as the Medulla Spinalis but a great part of its Compage is made up and embroidered with Medullary streaks which I conceive are minute Fibrils and especially the Corpora striata as the two Origens of the Medulla oblongata whose whole Body as well as the Medulla Spinalis is for the most part as it were a System of Fibres The Brain as Fibrous is capable of divers motions the proper machines and natural instruments of Motion which being of a soft and tenacious temper are flexible and pliant capable of various motions contraction and relaxation though the last is more remiss and mild tending to an acquiescence in the restitution of them to their due and natural Figure because in contraction the Fibres of the Medulla oblongata somewhat changing their postures situation and dimensions are in a very small degree rendred shorter in length thicker in depth and crooked in figure and being invigorated grow tense and stiff gently curling towards the Origen of the Nerves no ways discomposing the delicate structure of the Brain whence the Medulla being a Compage of Fibres is obnoxious to variety of tender motions celebrated in many contractions and relaxations according to the frequent command or silence of the Will hasting the mild streams of Animal Liquor through the more straight Pores of small Fibres into the freer Channels of greater Nerves Some heavy Body thrown into a collection of Waters presently disorders the Surface giving them greater or less curled motions the neighbouring drops wasting one another forward with more or less violence as they are acted with the more less pressing weight of the heavy Body and at last the pressure of the weight growing faint the motion of the Water is rendred weaker till it hath smoothed it self into a natural and even current The Will being affected with the prosecution of some weighty good discomposeth the natural Surface of the Fibres of the Brain by giving them a curled figure in contraction hasting the motion of the Animal Liquor more or less according to the more or less powerful commands
of the rational Appetite which as they grow more remiss and easie The Figure of the Fibres is more straight and restored to their natural Figure and neighbouring drops of the Animal Liquor crowding with less force upon one another return to their more gentle natural motion and even current Having Treated of the Production and Propagation of the Animal Liquor and its motion through the several Processes of the Brain and its continuation the Medulla Spinalis into the appendant Nerves I conceive it will not be amiss to give you a short account of the Ends of it how the Animal Liquor officiateth with the Rational and Sensitive Operations how it is also ministerial to Muscular motion and Nutrition The Soul of Man the Divine Image and Empress of the lesser The Soul keepeth its Court in the Head the Epitome of the greater World keepeth its Court and Tribunal in the supream Orb of the Head where by the assistance of spirituous subtle Particles the more refined parts of the Animal Liquor actuating the inward Recesses of the Brain the more Divine Essence of Man celebrateth its Elicite and Imperate acts The more noble operations of the Soul The first consisting in the knowledge of its own nature and perfection in reflex acts as also of the causes of other Beings without it self artificially acquired in many different Sciences specified by several Objects and deeper abstractions made by subtle Conceptions of the Understanding and also the imperate acts are performed by exalting the Medulla of the Brain with the more pure part of the Animal Liquor by whose vertue the rational Appetite giveth its commands and controll to the Sensitive to the Irascible and Concupiscible faculties moderating and governing their different operations the various Passions of the inferior Appetite which ought to submit to the more exact rule and conduct of the rational Power The Fancy being seated in the middle of the Brain The seat of the Fancy is fraught with Animal Liquor impregnated with Volatil Salt and Spirituous Particles which render it in a fit capacity to exert the operations of the Fancy The operations of it to perceive and judge the nature and distinction of numerous Ideas which making different Appulses upon the various Nerves of the Organs of outward Senses are thence derived to the Origen of the Nerves to which the Fibres every where adorning the Medulla oblongata are continued and reach to the Corpus Callosum the seat of the Fancy as I humbly conceive Learned Dr. Dr. Willis his opinion about Sensation Willis placeth the manner and reason of Sensation in the retraction of the Animal Spirits acted with the impressions of sensible Objects The words of this Excellent Author are these Sensuum ratio formalis consistit in Spirituum retractione seu versus fontes suos refluxu Ubicunque enim objecti sensibilis impressio radiosae huic contexturae infertur statim aut tota compages aut illius portio quaedam quae speciem admittat nutare ac retroacta veluti resilire in se recedere cogitur But with the leave of this most ingenious Author I cannot well apprehend how a Signature of a Sensible Object imprinted upon the Animal Spirits seated in the outward Organs of Sense can make them recoil towards their Origen the Brain The Author's opinion that there can be no Reslux of Animal Spirits whereas the Spirits as the more pure and exalted Particles lodged in the Animal Liquor have the same motion with it out of the Cortex through the Medulla of the Brain into the Trunks of the Nerves afterward inserted into the Instruments of the outward Senses from which I humbly conceive there can be no Reflux toward the Brain because the Animal Liquor espousing the Spirits as its purer and inseparable parts streaming from the Cortex of the Brain through the inward Processes is still carried forward by an Impulse because one part protrudeth another forward into the Interstices of the Filaments of the Nerves whose more minute Pores are not capable of receiving at the same instant a contrary motion a Flux and Reflux of Liquor while the reflux of Liquor at the same time must encounter an adverse stream always flowing in the Spaces between the Fibres forced downward by its own weight and the gentle constriction of the Brain which is caused by the pulsation of small Arteries implanted in the substance of the Brain whereupon it being difficult to make out as I apprehend the retrograde motion of the Animal Spirits which supposeth a contrary motion of the Animal at the same time in the same Vessels So that outward Sensation as according to the Learned Author's Opinion cannot be probably founded in the recoiling of the Animal Spirits from the Organs of outward Sense toward the Origen of the Nerves and Medulla of the Brain But I most humbly conceive that it is more agreeable to the oeconomy of Nature to constitute Sensation in the motion of various outward sensible Objects making different strokes upon the Fibres of Nerves implanted in the Organs of Sense and thence continued to the original of the Nerves and Medullary Processes of the Brain where the inward Sense being lodged perceiveth and judgeth the different Appulses made upon the Fibres of the outward Organs and thence conveyed by the mediation of the same Filaments of Nerves to the Seat of the inward Sense which holdeth an intimate correspondence with the outward by the interposition of Nerves continued from one to the other And Sensation cannot be accomplished without the mutual concurrence and cooperation of the Fancy with the outward Senses and Sense being used not strictly but in a Complex notion doth in some kind comprehend the outward and inward Sense whose conceptions and operations are not so separate but they do involve and presuppose each other But to speak more fully to the nature of Sensation The nature of Sensation I conceive its ratio formalis consisteth in Action and Passion 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which are not really distinguished but are different Modes affecting various Subjects The one being the causality of the Agent is styled Action which being transient passeth from term to term and is called Motion and as it is received into the term to which 't is propagated is denominated Passion The outward sensible Objects consist not only in the representation of Colours but in Sounds Odors Sapors which are compounded of minute Bodies as active effluvia endued with certain Magnitudes Figures Postures and Motions making impressions upon the various Contextures of the Sensories of Sight Hearing Smelling and Tasting and those minute Bodies flowing from sensible Objects being restless in activity are transmitted from Subject to Subject from Agent to Patient and are received into the Pores of numerous Fibres as they are commensurate in magnitude and figure to those Bodies streaming from the outward Objects of Sense and upon this account the Effluvia as different in Magnitudes Figures
Positions and Motions make various Appulses upon the Fibres of Nerves which being invigorated by Spirits seated in the Animal Spirits are rendred tense and stiff all along the Fibres receiving the first strokes made by Sensible Objects in their Extremities inserted into the Sensories and thence the Appulses are continued to the Origen of the Nerves and Fibrils implanted into the Medulla of the Brain So that a motion made in the end of the Fibres placed in the outward Sense are propagated to the beginning of the Fibres of the Brain where the inner Sense inhabiteth is one continued action not unlike a Vibration made in the termination of a Musical String which is immediately conveyed to the beginning of it so that an impression made by an Idea in the outward Sensory passeth in a moment by the continued intermedial steps of Nerves to the Fancy watching in the middle of the Brain somewhat near the original of the Nerves which perceive all Appulses made upon them by the motion of the Ideas derived from Sensible Objects distinguishing and judging of their several qualities and proprieties by the different Modes of their impressions And the Animal Liquor is not only an instrumental efficient cause of the rational and Sensitive operations but of the Motive too The Animal Liquor is an efficient cause of the Rational Sensitive and Motive Operations consisting in Muscular motion wherein you may view the Wise oeconomy of Nature as the Sensitive and Motive Powers are subordinate to the rational and do all agree according to their primitive constitution in a most excellent harmony The Golden Chain of the four prime faculties of the humane Soul The prime Faculties of the Humane Soul is made up of four Links two superior the Understanding and Will and two inferior the Sensitive and Motive Powers The inferior humbly speaking Obedience in submitting their meaner Operations to the more wise Dictates and Imperate Acts of the soveraign faculty And I now shall take the boldness to entertain you with a short discourse of the other faculties in order to the better understanding of the motive which hath its dependance upon them as precedent to it in order of Nature at least if not of Time Sensation both outward and inward being ministerial to the Understanding and Appetite as they are imperative of the Motive The manner of Sensitive Perception consisting in a Symmetry and Harmony of the Object with the Organ The manner and variety of Sensitive Perception is thus celebrated The Effluvia being so many small Bodies steaming out of Sensible Objects and being disposed with various figures and magnitudes move to the outward Organs of Sense and are received into their Pores as holding a due proportion in the resemblance of figure and magnitude and as the Effluvia of outward Objects are exactly fitted they gently touch the Sensory by giving a pleasant operation but if the unproportioned Objects roughly strike against the sides of the Pores they make a harsh Sensation in the Sensory a fine Contexture of many minute Fibres which as they are acted with strong or weaker Appulses make brisker or softer Vibrations upon the Nerves continued from the outward Sensories to their situation in the Medulla oblongata and thence to the Fibres dressing the more inward Recesses of the Brain where the Fancy is seated which entertaining these strokes presenteth them to the Understanding and as they are Good or Evil are judged fit to be embraced or refused and accordingly represented to the Appetite which according to the dictates of the Understanding layeth her commands upon the motive faculty which is exerted by virtue of contracted Fibres the immediate Machines of Muscular motion The efficient cause of the motion of Muscular Fibres But the difficulty is how the motion of the Muscular Fibres is performed and what is the efficient cause of it which I conceive to be the more spirituous Particles of the Animal Liquor contracting the Fibres of the Muscles The Brain and Nerves seem to resemble an Inverted Tree The Brain and its Appendages of the conjoyned Nerves seem in some kind to resemble an inverted Tree placed with the Roots upward and Branches downward The numerous Capillary Vessels spreading themselves in the Coats and Cortex of the Brain and Cerebellum The Cortex is the Streiner of Albuminous Liquor of the Blood seem in a sort to represent Roots out of which the Animal Liquor being percolated from the Purple through the fine strainer of the substance of the Cortex destilleth through the whole body of the Brain and Medulla Spinalis as through a greater and smaller continued Trunk into various Nerves as so many greater fruitful Branches and into abundant Fibres as so many smaller Twigs and also into innumerable united Fibrils making the rare Contexture of Muscular outward Coats somewhat resembling Foliage overspreading the surface of the Muscles whose whole substance in its ambient and more inward parts is interspersed with a multitude of Fibres 〈◊〉 Compage of the Brain is Fibrous of which a great part if not all the Medulla of the Brain is also composed and they are the first rudiments of Nerves commencing in the Brain where they are interlined with a soft white substance a kind of Parenchyma The progress of the Fibres of the Brain the more conspicuous part of the Medulla These Fibres are propagated to the Original of the Caudex of the Nerves near the Surface of the Medulla oblongata where is a Conjunction of many Fibres making the body of the Nerves which are continued in their union all along to the surface of the Muscles where they part again and are disseminated through the body of the Muscles and again unite themselves in a Tendon about the Extremities of them The Fibres of the Brain The propagation of the Animal Liquor Muscles and Membranes of the whole Body as well as the Caudex of the Nerves are made up of many minute Filaments and through their Interstices the Animal Liquor is first conveyed into the Fibres of the Medulla of the Brain and Spine and thence propagated through the various Trunks of Nerves into the smaller Branches the Fibres of the Muscles and their Tendons being so many Systems of collected Fibres dispersed through the body of the Muscles and conjoyned in their Extremities The Nerves are rendred stiff and plump by Animal Spirits So that the Animal Liquor impregnated with spirituous Particles streaming from the Brain between the Filaments of Fibres and Caudex of the Nerves filleth their empty Pores and rendring them plump and tense putteth them into a capacity of motion The East blusheth at the Suns approach a little before it peepeth above the Horizon and the early Rays as so many minute Effluvia streaming out of that greater Body diffuse themselves after the manner of an Orb into the Air araying it with a Robe of Light whose reflected Beams carry along with it the Ideas of
White Amber Castor roots of Paeony and Millepedes powdered made up with Syrup of Lime-Flowers or Lilly drinking after every Dose a good draught of a Cephalick Apozeme to which may be added Ten or Twelve drops of Spirit of Castor Pearl Julapes Julapes made of the Distilled waters of Cephalicks and compound Paeony to which may be added the Spirit of Lavender and sweetned with refined Sugar Powders also may be advised prepared with White Amber roots of Paeony Tincture of Steel or Powder of it prepared and given in proper Apozemes Purgations must be now and then advised in a Steel course Coral prepared Pearl c. and may be given in a Decoction of Cephalick Flowers of Rosemary Betony Sage Tey c. A Tincture or Syrup of Steel or its Powder prepared with Sulphur may be advised to be taken with Cephalick Apozemes made with the Flowers of Rosemary Lavender Paeony c. Every Fourth or Fifth day a gentle purgative draught may be prescribed mixed with Cephalick Medicines during the course of Steel CHAP. LXVI Of the Delirium and Phrenitis BEfore I Treat of a Phrenitis The description of a Delirium I will discourse briefly of a Delirium as preliminary to it which doth not truly apprehend the Images of things First presented to the outward Senses and afterward imparted to the common Sense and Phancy by reason the Animal Spirits are much clouded by an ill nervous Liquor and as its due temper and motion is more or less perverted it is productive of greater or less disaffections of the Brain wherein the species presented from the outward to the inward Senses are ill perceived or unduely compounded or divided whereupon the Understanding being presented with distracted and confused Phantasmes exerteth irregular operations and giveth an ill conduct to the Will in various misguided and unreasonable acts Phrenitis is a kind of Delirium which are all styled under a common Name of Delirium which being in a less degree and shorter in time is vulgarly called a Delirium and when it continueth longer and more severe as accompanied with a Fever and other more troublesome accidents is named Phrenitis attended sometimes with Raving and other times degenerates into a Mania Melancholia Stupiditas of which I will discourse in order and First of a Delirium and Phrenitis A Delirium is rather a Symptome then a Disease as being a shadow A Delirium is rather a Symptome then Disease following other Disaffections My Province at this time is to make an inspection into the nature and causes of the Malady called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the Greeks and Delirium by the Latines and is a perverted operation of the Brain flowing from malignant Fevers Hysterick Paroxysmes the eruption of the Small Pox c. This Symptome seemeth to be seated in the more inward Recesses of the Brain where the common Sense Phansy The seat of a Delirium and Memory do perform their operations which are acted by the Animal Spirits the Ministers of the Mind which being hurried in irregular motions do confound the representations of outward sensible Objects when their Appulses are conveyed by nervous Fibrils to the more inward sensitive Faculties which being disturbed in their due apprehensions do make disorderly Phantasmes recommended to the Understanding whereupon this more noble Function cannot make a right judgment of the Objects presented to it from the inward Senses so that the Will following the irregular Dictates of the Understanding doth make ill Elections as mis-governed by an erroneous guide In a Brain well-disposed The regular motion of the Animal Spirits the Animal Spirits make regular motions from the Origen of the Nerves through the Interstices of their Filaments making their progress through the several Processes of the Brain in due manner and order as instituted by nature whence the outward and inward Senses and the more intellectual Faculties do exercise regular Operations in the true perception of outward and inward Objects But if the nervous Liquor and its more agile and more refined Particles The irregular motion of the Animal Spirits do make violent and tumultuary excursions through the various Filaments relating to the fibrous Compage of the Brain the thoughts of the Mind are rendred disturbed and the outward and inward perceptions of Sense and Reason confused and irregular as not able to make right apprehensions of things If any one shall make an inquiry into the causes of these depraved operations of Sense and Reason it may seem to proceed upon a double account First The First cause of a Delirium is in the Blood by reason of a fierce mass of Blood having access to the Brain by the inward Carotide Arteries whereupon the Animal Spirits grow discomposed The Second reason of a Delirium is from a depraved nervous Liquor producing unquiet Animal Spirits The Blood is in fault by reason of an undue effervescence The Second antecedent cause of a Delirium caused by heterogeneous fermentative Particles having an influence upon the Brain or when the boiling Blood in the Paroxysmes of intermittent or acute Fevers is carried in a great quantity into the Membranes of the Brain distending them and compressing its fibrous Compage Whereupon the Animal Spirits are acted with violent motions between the spaces of the nervous Filaments And the enraged Particles the Red Crassament of Blood do highly discompose the serous parts of it The Third cause of a Delirium may be in the serous part of the Blood out of which the nervous Liquor and Animal Spirits are generated so that they grow very restless and impetuous in their motions hither and thither disquieting the Oeconomy of the Brain and the Animal Functions of the common Sense Phancy Memory Understanding producing a Delirium which is a depraved exercise of the operations of the said Faculties The Blood is also poisoned with malignant qualities as in the Plague Fevers Small Pox which act the Animal Spirits with enormous operations disordering the rational and sensitive Faculties This distemper being of a short continuance doth not denote any particular cure as being a Symptome of acute Diseases which being determined a Delirium immediately disappears and by reason the Animal Spirits are receptive of a great trouble and confusion in this disaffection The Cure and Medicines in order to cure a Delirium Cephalick Medicines may be advised in the form of Apozemes Powders Pills Electuaries to appease the fierce Particles of the Animal Liquor apt to be hurried with violent and irregular motions as also to strengthen the laxe Compage of the Fibrils of the Brain distended with the over-much elastick Particles of the Animal Liquor As to a Delirium Another course of Physick must be prescribed in order to cure a Delirium the consequent of a malignant Fever the consequent of an acute and malignant Fever another method of Physick may be advised as opening a Vein in a Plethorick Constitution As
the Disease and shaddow unto you the state of the Disease which being considered in its Paroxysm is more universal in Extent and severe in its Nature whence the subtle Particles of the Animal Latex commonly styled Spirits in reference to their Volatil Spirituous nature are the chief Guests of the Brain and are fiercely and inordinately moved drawing into consent their neighboring parts inhabiting both the Medullary and Nervous Appendages and thereby as it were conjure up stupendous storms and tempests made up of great impure Vaporous Matter darting it self into the Serous Liquor of the Brain which is thence violently forced into its Nervous outlets causing as it were a Hurricane making such a violent contusion of the Nerves and Fibres that it striketh down the Patient in the twinkling of an Eye with admirable violence to the ground where he laboreth under great vibrations of the Head and Neck grindings of the Teeth froth about the Mouth frequent motions of the Limbs against the ground and now and then the Precordia and Hypoconders are puffed up with great and frequent strokes upon the Breast So that the Precordia being Convulsed can make but disorderly Contractions and the Blood ready to quit its motion to the great oppression of the Heart threatneth the putting out of the gentle flame of Life whence the Patient not by any direction of the Will but a meer instinct of Nature giveth many repeated strokes upon the Thorax whence arise brisk concussions of the Precordia which prove as so many sollicitations to revive their drooping motions to redeem the Blood from Stagnation and the Heart from its load and perplexity so that sometimes all these sad Scenes are quickly changed and afterwards are represented more pleasant Interludes of ease and repose And now I will omit any farther discourse of this Disease designing to give a more full History in the next Chapter And in order to give you a more clear and general account of Convulsive motions which highly aggrieve the Brain and its rational and sensitive functions two considerables do chiefly offer themselves the Subject and the Causes of this Disease As to the first I humbly conceive it to be the tender fibrous Compage of the Brain which being endued with acute sense The subject of Convulsive motions is liable to many preternatural and irregular motions sometimes of the Fibrils other times of the middle and extremities of the Nerves besetting the Brain Viscera and other parts of the Body In Malignant Fevers and other Diseases of the Body The origen of the afflicted in Convulsive motions the Venenate nature as also other saline and sulphureous Particles of the Blood do infect the Nervous Liquor in the Cortex of the Brain which being entertained into the extremities do highly disorder the origens of the Nerves The body and middle of the Nerves concerned in Convulsions and as the Animal Liquor tainted with heterogeneous Particles is farther transmitted into the fibrous Compage of the Brain and other more remote parts of the middle and lowest Apartiment it violently annoyeth the middle and body of the Nerves as infesting their numerous Plexes And when the irritating Humors are carried into the Muscles and remote Coasts of the Body affecting the membranous and tendinous parts they may be properly said to be seated in the extremities and terminations of the Nerves The termination of the Nerves affected in Convulsive motions The causes of Convulsive motion The evident cause may be evident when the Succus Nervosus or Animal Spirits are discomposed and the fibrous Compage of the Brain being much debilitated is violently agitated by vehement Passions The Procatarctick cause of Convulsive motions supposeth a disposition of Humors in the Body The Procatarctick cause of this Disease which being endued with highly Fermentative Elements of the Blood do vitiate the Animal Liquor and Spirits by rendring them too Elastick highly expanding the Filaments of the Nervous Fibrils whereupon they briskly contract themselves to discharge the offensive Particles of the Nervous Juice The continent cause of Convulsive motions The continent cause of Convulsive motions cannot be derived from Inanition and Repletion the Antients have fetched from Inanition and Repletion which they illustrate by an instance of Lether or Musical Strings which contract themselves when moistned with much Air or shrunk up with much drought this Opinion seemeth very improbable by reason the abbreviation of the Nerves cannot produce variety of postures in the Muscles proceeding from irritated Humors putting the Nerves into various irregular motions and farthermore the being macerated in a great quantity of watry Recrements in an Anasarca are rendred weak and flaccid whereby they become unable to produce strong Convulsive motions The continent cause of Convulsive motions which are acted by the Elastick Particles of the Blood caused by nitro-sulphureous Particles depraving the Nervous Liquor puffing up the Filaments of the Nerves whereupon they make a great renitence or opposition by powerful contractions to squeeze out the offensive Matter disquieting the Animal Spirits and irritating the tender Filaments of Nerves The Convulsive motions are more or less universal as the Succus Nervosus infected with Nitro-saline or acid Ferments is carried out of the fibrous Compage of the Brain into a greater or less company of Nerves so that the Tendons of more or fewer Muscles are unnaturally contracted whence proceed great variety of horrid Symptoms attending several parts of the Body which may be reduced principally to Three Heads The first may proceed from a poysonous nature The second from Malignant Fevers not well determined whereupon the matter of the Disease being not duly discharged is carried into the fibrous Compage of the Brain and into the many pairs of Nerves sprouting out of the Brain The third Head of Convulsive motions may take its rise from the Succus Nervosus losing its native sweet bounty and degenerating into a sharpe acid Fermentative Liquor highly afflicting the Animal Spirits and productive of Convulsive motions CHAP. LXXI Of the Falling-Sickness HAving treated of Convulsion and Convulsive motions under a general Notice I will now discourse of them in particular of the Falling-Sickness attended with a dismal rout of Convulsive agitations of the Muscular Parts seated in the Limbs and Trunk of the Body This terrible Disease hath many appellatives fetched from the nature properties and symptoms of it And is styled by the Greeks The Names of the Falling-sickness 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the sudden seisure of the functions of the rational and sensitive Faculties And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 either because it is a great Disease or as a miraculous Disease coming from a Divine power And is called by Hipocrates 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by reason it is familiar to Children and named by the Latines Caducus a Cadendo and Comitialis as persons labouring of this Disease are interdicted the Comitia And hath the denomination of Lunaticus
former and let it be sweetened with the Flowers of Lime Paeony or Lily of the Valley If the Child Suck Cephalick Medicines may be given to the Nurse Cephalicks may be advised for the Nurse if the Child Suck made of the Roots of Paeony and the Seeds of Goats Rue and Caraway boiled in Posset-drink As also an Electuary made of Conserve of Lime-Flowers Lily of the Valley Sage Paeony to which may be added the Powder of Missetowe of the Oak Paeony roots Castor made into a due Consistence with the Syrupe of Lime-Flowers or Lily of the Valley drinking after it an Apozeme prepared with the Roots of Angelica Paeony Flowers of Betony Rorismary Lime Lily of the Valley and after its strained it may be sweetned with the Syrupe of Paeony or Cowslips Powders may be advised for the Nurse composed of the roots of Valerian Powder for the Nurse White Amber Misletowe of the Oak of the hoof of a Bufalo Castor c. mingled with White Sugar and given in a spoonful of the Apozeme prescribed drinking after it a good draught of the same And to an Infant may be given Black Cherry or Rue Water A Cephalick Julape for a Child mingled with Compound Paeony or Compound Briony-water or with some drops of Spirit of Lavender or Spirit of Hartshorn and the like sweetned with some Cephalick Syrupe Amulets of the roots of Paeony Castor Amulets of the shavings of the hoof of a Bufalo mixed with Oil of Nutmegs by expression may be hung about the Neck of the Child troubled with Convulsions Blistering Plaisters are very proper in Convulsive motions If the Infant be actually in a Fit a blistering Plaister may be applied to the Nucha or to both sides of the Neck The Cephalick Plaister without Euphorbium or of Galbanum may be applied to the Feet The Powder of Gutteta according to Rivier The Powder of Gutteta or one compounded of a Humane Skull of Pearl of the hoof of a Bufalo c. may be given in a few grains in the following Julape made of Black Cherry simple Paeony or Goats Rue-water mingled with a small quantity of Antiepileptick Water of Langius and sweetened with the Syrupe of Lime-Flowers The roots of Valerian Paeony Lime-Flowers c. Infusions of Cephlicks may be infused in Canary and being strained off may be given in a very small quantity with White Sugar-candy or a Distillation may be made in a Glass retort with the heat of Sand of the roots of Valerian Paeony Lime-Flowers vitriol of Hungary the Skull of a Man in Compound Paeony water and the distilled water may be given in a small quantity sweetened with Syrupe of Betony or Lime-Flowers or if it seem to be too strong it may be allayed with the simple water of Paeony or of Lime-Flowers or of Lily of the Valley Some of the Gall of a Sucking Puppy taken in a small quantity of simple Paeony-water or of Lily of the Valley may be very proper in Convulsive Fits Oil of Castor Bathing the Chine with Spirits or Oil is of great use Leeches applied behind the Ears are good in Dentition As also blistering Plaisters Anodynes and Narcoticks are good in violent pains of the Teeth Medicines good for to destroy Worms Amber mixed with the compound Spirit of Lavender may be very proper to anoint the Chine of a Child afflicted with Convulsive motions In Convulsive motions proceeding from breeding of Teeth Blood may be taken away by Leeches set behind the Ears and Blistering Plaisters may be applied to the Nucha or sides of the Neck and Anodynes and Narcoticks may be used in violent pains of the Teeth whereupon the Gums may be rubbed or cut with some sharp instrument to make way for the eruption of Teeth In reference to Convulsions coming from Worms Rubarb infused in Wine Beer or Ale may be proper or some grains of Calamelanus given in extract of Aloes or with Rubarb mixed with some very few grains of Jailape In a Child of a strong Constitution and of some years Wormseed or Salt of Prunel Tartar or any bitter or salt Medicine will destroy Worms A Plaister made of Colocynth A Plaister may be applied to the Navel in this case Aloes macerated in juyce of Wormwood the Gall of an Ox all mixed and embodied with Bees-wax may be applyed to the Navil of the Child CHAP. LXXIII Of the Palsey THE noble Compage of the Brain being a systeme of numerous fine Fibrils branched through the Cortex Corpus callosum Fornix Corpora striata Nates Testes Medulla oblongata Cerebellum and its Processes and through the Medulla Spinalis as an elongation of the Brain These innumerable minute Fibrils of the Brain Cerebellum The Fibrils of the Brain and Cerebellum are composed of many Filaments In the exercises of Sense and Motion the Fibres are rendred tense and Medulla Spinalis being the constituent parts are framed of many small Filaments whose Interstices are receptive of the Animal Liquor and Spirits by whose spirituous and elastick Particles the Fibrils are rendred plump tense and fit to exert the acts of Sense and Motion which are also imparted to the Nerves of the whole Body as so many outlets of the Brain and the continuation of its fibrous Compage the first Origen and rudiment of all nervous Divarications overspreading and invigorating all the Apartiments of the Body with their select Liquor and their more refined Particles giving Sensation motion and nourishment The Faculties relating to the said Operations are lessened depraved The lessened or abolished or depraved Functions come from errors of the Brain or abolished by the errors of the Brain as being a systeme of innumerable Fibrils containing the nervous Liquor and its Spirits giving vigor and tenseness to the fibrous frame of the Brain and its appendices which are chiefly hurt in reference to Sense and Motion in Two disaffections either as they are depraved by Convulsive motions or when pain ariseth in point of Sense The Function of Sense or Motion are lessened or abolished in the Palsey The descriptiâ—on of a Palsey or when the Functions of Sense and Motion are very much lessened or abolished in a Palsey causing an impotency in the Limbs when the fibrous parts of the Brain and Limbs lose their vigor and tenseness A Palsey may admit this description That it is a resolution or relaxation of the fibrous Compage of the Body proceeding from defect of a due tenseness of the nervous Filaments whereupon the Faculties of Sense and Motion cannot exert their due operations in some or all parts of the Body A resolution happens to the nervous parts when the Succus Nervosus The cause of the resolution of the Nerves and its spirituous Particles are denied an access to the fibrous parts of the Brain Cerebellum and Medulla Spinalis or when the Animal Spirits losing their due volatil or elastick parts do not influence the Nerves with
due Spirits and Tenseness especially when they are affected with high Narcotick steams which despoil them of their laudable temper and tone The motive Faculty is impeded or abolished The motive Faculty is hindred when the Origen of the Nerves is obstructed by reason the Origens of the Nerves are obstructed in the Cortex or their progress in other Processes of the Brain Cerebellum or Medulla Spinalis or in the Trunks of the Nerves and their diverse Plexes and divarications The origination of the Nerves The Origen of the Nerves may be stopped by a gross nervous Liquor may be obstructed by the grossness of the Succus Nervosus as not being capable to be received into the beginning of the Interstices relating to the nervous Filaments constituting the body of the Nerves The grossness of the nervous Liquor may arise from a thick faeculent albuminous part of the Blood the Materia substrata of the Succus Nervosus The cause of a gross nervous Liquor or when the cortical Glands being not well disposed as having too large extravagant Vessels or Pores are not able duely to percolate the more thin mild Particles of the Blood from its more gross parts whereupon the thick Animal Liquor is not capable to insinuate it self into the Origens of the fibrous parts of the Brain The Origens of the Nerves are straightned by the Tumors of the adjacent parts which are also rendred too close and straight by the swelling of the neighbouring parts coming from the cortical Glands by a quantity of extravasated Blood in Inflammations or of serous Recrements in a Hydrocephalus in a Hydropick constitution of the Brain compressing the Origens of the nervous Fibrils in the ambient parts of the Brain And not only the Origens of the minute nervous Fibrils in the Cortex The progress of the Fibrils may have their Filaments over-close but the progress of more large Fibrils in the Medulla oblongata and Medulla Spinalis may have the spaces of their Filaments so closely conjoyned to each other by a quantity of Blood or Pus or by the tumors of the adjacent parts that the current of the Animal Spirits is intercepted whereupon the adjoyning Nerves grow flaccid and unfit for Sense and Motion A Palsey also may arise from a Solution of the unity of parts The solution of the unity of parts may be a cause of a Palsey when the fibrous Compage of the Brain is wounded or affected with a great blow or by Concussion when the order of the fibrous parts of the Brain is perverted as it hath the Fibres too much separated or too closely united dashing one against another A greater or less obstruction or compression of the fibrous parts of the Brain often produceth an Apoplexy Carus Lethargy Hemiplegia and when the Paroxysmes of these Cephalick Diseases are gone A Palsey often succedeth an Apoplexy The cause of the Palsey how it is more or less universal a Palsey often succeedeth sometimes affecting one other times both sides of the Body so that sometimes one or more Limbs and other times the Limbs of the whole Body are disabled in point of Motion As the matter of the Disease is more or less imparted to the Nerves of the Brain Cerebellum and Medulla Spinalis so the parts affected are not only rendred destitute of Motion but of Sense too in some cases And if some curious persons be so inquisitive The cause why Sense remaineth when motion is taken away as to be informed of the reason why the Sense remaineth where motion is taken away this may be offered in point of their satisfactions that Physicians have assigned some Nerves to celebrate the act of Sensation and others to motion but if this Opinion be not satisfactory as being improbable because all Nerves are endued as well with Sense as Motion I will presume to give the courteous Reader another Reason which may seem more probable that the act of motion is more difficult and laborious as supposing an action whereas Sensation intimates only a Passion which is more easy then the other and may be performed by a sensible impression continued from the common Sensory by the continuation of the coats of nervous Filaments propagated from the Brain to the Medulla Spinalis and other parts of the Body But Motion is accomplished by a higher nixus of the Nerves requiring a greater quantity and more refined Animal Spirits expaâ—ding the nervous Filaments and rendring them plump and stiff in order to motion The Compression of the Corpora Striata The Compression of the Corpora Striata hinder the progress of the Animal Liquor may arise from some extravasated Blood or serous Recrements outwardly crouding the Interstices of the Filaments relating to the Corpora Striata whereupon the progress of the nervous Liquor and Spirits being checked the Nerves grow relaxed and their motion abolished The Medulla oblongata The seat of the Palsey and the elongation of it the Medulla Spinalis may be the seat of the Palsey when the Fibrils of the said parts are obstructed inwardly by some gross Matter or outwardly by the compression of some stagnated Blood or faeculent Humors or by the Tumors of some adjoyning parts sometimes this disaffection is placed in the Nerves Sometimes this Disease is seated in the Nerves without the Brain without the limits of the Brain Cerebellum and Medulla Spinalis either in the Trunks or smaller Branches of Nerves stopped by obstruction compression or by solution of their unity Whereupon the progress of the Animal Liquor and Spirits is interrupted and the Filaments of Nerves become loose and flabby as having lost their tenseness a requisite condition of the action of the Nerves Immoderate Cold being a great enemy to the nervous Cold as incrassating the nervous Liquor may be the cause of a Palsey as well as vital Liquor doth incrassate the Animal Spirits so that they loose their volatil and elastick Particles and are rendred unfit to invigorate the Nerves in reference to Motion The immoderate use of Opiates which being taken too frequently The immoderate use of Opiates may cause a Palsey and in too great a quantity doth vitiate the I one of the Animal Spirits an dits energetick disposition which is also produced by the venenate Fumes of Minerals So that Miners working in Mineral Earth are affected with the steams of Antimony Mercury and Auripigmentum or Arsnick which cause Tumors in the Limbs as also sometimes a relaxation of the Nerves whereupon ensueth a paralytick distemper taking away the use of the Muscular parts the proper Engines of Motion For the most part the Brain is not only affected but the Medulla Spinalis and sometimes the Cerebellum is concerned by serous Recrements diffused between the Skull and the Coats of the Brain which afterward fall down and compresse the Fistula Sacra or Silver Cord The Palsey may arise from the Compression of the Medulla Spinalis A quantity of
a Muscle of the Larynx and another Branch is dispersed into the Muscles of the Os Hioides 1053 The Tenth pair of Nerves hath many Fibres from the Spine Ibid. The manner how the nervous Liquor maketh its progress through the Processes of the Brain 1071 Of the Neck and its use 1063 Of the Nerves sprouting out of the Medulla Spinalis the Description Substance Origen of the Nerves and Compage of the Medulla Spinalis 1079 The reason how the Medulla Spinalis is the Parent of many pair of Nerves and how every Verteber hath a pair of Nerves and of the First and Second pair of Nerves and a Branch of the First pair is inserted into the Flexors of the Neck and of the Second pair of vertebral Nerves belonging to the Neck and of the Origen of the Second 1080 The Third pair of spinal Nerves relating to the Neck which is divided into four branches and the Muscles into which the Eibres of the third pair are inserted and of the fourth pair of vertebral Nerves belonging to the Neck and of the fifth pair of spinal Nerves 1081 The sixth seventh and eighth pair of spinal Nerves relating to the Neck and of the First pair of Nerves belonging to the Back and the Twelfth pair of Nerves And of the First pair of Nerves relating to the Loins and of the Second and Third 1082 And of the Fourth and Fifth pair of vertebral Nerves and of the five pair of Nerves arising out of the Os Sacrum and the last of the vertebral Nerves is single and therefore called Sine pari 1083 Of Nervous Liquor its Materia substrata and manner of it and is improved by motion and impregnated with volatil Salt in the Brain 1084 The Nerves are rendred stiff and plump by Animal Spirits 1090 The Nervous Liquor and Animal Spirits of Man are more spirituous and excellent then those of Beasts 1094 The Nerves of the Brain of Fish do sprout out of the Processes of the Medulla oblongata 1109 O. OPaque and dense Bodies 13 14 15 16 Organick parts 3 Ovaries and Eggs of Birds 646 to 648 Ovaries of Fish 654 to 659 Oviducts of Fish 658 Coats of the Oviducts of Fish 656 The Glands of the Oviducts of Fish 658 Ovaries of Silk-worms 660 The Tunicles Air-vessels and carnous Fibres of the Ovaries 661 Ovaries or Testicles of Women and their Description Figure and Protuberancies 588 The Coats of the Ovaries and their Substance and preparing Vessels 589 The difference between the Testicles of Men and Women Ibid. The Glands and Lymphaeducts of Ovaries 590 The Vesicles of Ovaries are Eggs furnished with diverse Liquors 591 Ova or Eggs are found in all kinds of Animals Ibid. The difference between the Vesicles of Ovaries and Hydatides 592 The Oviducts or Deferent Vessels of a Woman 593 The Eggs or Vesicles of the Testicles pass through the Oviducts to receive a greater perfection in the Uterus 593 The Ova are parted from each other by an intervening Glandulous substance Ibid. And are carried through the small passage of the Oviducts Diemerbroeck opposeth the Hypothesis of Eggs and Oviducts in Women with many Arguments and the Authors reply 594 595 596 The spirituous parts of the semen do ascend the Oviducts and impraegnate the Ova or Eggs of Women 597 The contraction of the Carnous Fibres of the Womb and Oviducts carry the Seed upward to the Ovarys and is Confirmed by Fallopius who saw Seed in the Oviducts 600 The Authors Opinion how the semen ascends the Oviducts to the Ovarys 601 The impraegnated Ova or Eggs are carried through the Oviducts into the bosome of the Uterus 661 The Oviducts are not ligaments as some would have it 602 The Description of the Oviducts 602 The Fimbriae and progress and coates of the Oviducts 603 The Globules of the Ovarys are a Company of Glands 607 The Diseases of the Ovarys or Testicles of Women and their tumors proceeding from various matter 614 615 An Inflammation Abscess Vlcer and Hydatides of Ovarys 615 A Dropsy Atheromes Steatomes of the Ovarys 616 Of Osteology 1213 P. THe Pair of the Head proceeding from sharp fumes of the Stomach and the Authors Opinion concerning it 985 Inflammation and the description of the pain of the Head 994 and of its Causes the ill Nervous Liquor and watry recrements of the Blood 922 Palate of Man and other Animals 219 to 224 The Palate of Man is garnished with many Glands and resembleth a Tree 219. The use of the Palate 223 Pancreas 398 to 402 Pancreas of Beasts 403 404 Pancreas of Eirds and Fish 404 The substance Figure situation and Magnitude of the Pancreas 398 Diseases of the Pancreas 405 to 410 The Insertion of the Pancreas into the Duodenum 399 A Woman having two Pancreatick Ducts Ibid. The Pancreatick Ducts in various Animals 400 The Pancreatick Duct in Barbils and Carps are inserted into the Stomach Ibid. The Pancreatick Glands are so many strainers of the Blood Ibid. The Pancreatick Juice is sometimes Insipid 401 The Intestine motion of the Chyle proceeding from the Pancreatiek Juice mixed with the saline parts of Bile as Dr. Graaf will have it 401 Inflammations Abscesses Vlcers Steatomes Cancer Sâ—irrhus of the Pancreas and the Obstruction of the Panecreatick Duct 405 406 Convulsive Motions of the Pancreas coming from an ill Panecratick Juice Ibid. Diseases proceeding from want of excess of Pancreatick Juice Ibid. Pancreatick Liquor being sour is the cause of a Rheumatism Arthritis Diarrhaeas Dysenteries c. 408 Pancreatick Liquor being Acid and mixed with Bile produceth Atrabilarian Humours and is the Cause of Hypocondriacal Diseases 409 The Cure of Diseases relating to the Pancreas Ibid. Parastates and deferent Vessels 526 to 529 to 538 Parastates or Epididymides and their Origen Figure Connexions substance and flexures c. 526 527 Passio Caeliaca being the weakened Concoctive faculty of the Guts 370 Penis or Yard 534 Diseases of the Penis and its Cures 557 558 Diseases of the Penis as distortion Priapism Inflammations Vlcers Gangreens and Mortifications 557 558 Perforations of the abdominal Muscles by spermatick Vessels 88 The Pericardium or Capsula of the Heart its structure Origen Membranes Connexion Vessels Figure 709 Of its Liquor and Origen 710 The Diseases of the Pericardium and its Cure of an Inflammation and its causes and the Pericardium adherent to the Heart 712 The Pericardium of other Animals 713 The Pericranium its situation and Composition and its continuation to the Dura Mater by Fibrils and of its Blood Vessels and Nerves 953. How the Pericranium is sensible as a Contexture of Nerves and of the Periostium its situation Blood Vessels and Nerves 954 The Peristaltick motion of the Guts being inversed causeth Vomiting 336 Of the Palsey and how the functions of Sense and motion are lessened and abolished in it and the cause of the resolution of the Nerves and how the Origen of the Nerves may be stopped by a gross Nervous Liquor and of the Cause of it 119â—
with various Divarications all parts of the Body as so many Conduit-pipes to bedew them for their Refinement and Perfection to give them Heat Life and Nutrition The Nerves are so many Systemes of Filaments The Nerves are Systemes of many Filaments making a rare Compage containing nervous Liquor and Animal Spirits the great Ministers of the Soul in the Brain the Presence-Chamber of this Noble Emperess where she hath her great Rule consisting in her governing Faculties and the exercise of their Noble and meaner Operations whose Commands are given by Nerves sprouting out of the ambient parts of the Brain transmitted to the Muscles as Engines of Motion obeying the Dictates of the Understanding and Will The Nerves being animated with animal Liquor and Spirits The Nerves are invigorated by Animal Liquor are rendred Tense by their elastick Particles invigorating the carnous Fibres of Muscles by whose various Contractions the different motions of the Trunk and Limbs are celebrated The use of the motions of the Body in order to the acquisition of Aliment to support our Nature or in reference to converse to Treat our selves with the amicable Society and pleasant Discourses of our Friends or in point of other concerns tending to the preservation of our Fortunes and happiness of our Life The Lymphaeducts being the finest Contextures of all the Vessels relating to the whole body composed of most minute Fibrils finely spun and so closely interwoven The Lymphaeducts are the finest contextures of all the vessels that they seem to be one entire uniform transparent substance These most curious Aquaeducts sport themselves in numerous branches enameling and shading the Blood-vessels carrying a Lympha or thin transparent Liquor The use of the Lymphaeducts the recrement of the Blood and nervous Juyce secerned in the lowest Apartiment in the Glands of the Spleen Liver and other Glands of the said Venter into the common receptacle The use of the Lympha is to dilate the Chyle where it espouseth a union with the Chyle and dilutes it clammy Nature and promotes its motion through the Thoracick Ducts into the subclavian Vessels And many other Lymphaeducts of the Lungs and other parts lodged in the higher Apartiments do transmit a thin Liquor from numerous minute Glands of the Viscera and Muscles into the subclavian Vessels where it associates with the vital Liquor and attenuates its more gross clammy Matter and helps its progress through the Heart the rare engine of motion and the most numerous Sanguiducts branched throughout all parts of the body Having discoursed the solid similar parts I will now Treat of the fluide the principal giving Life Sense Motion and Nourishment to the more solid similars which are various Liquors of which some are Alimentary The various Liquors of the Body and others Recrements secerned from the more noble Juyces in the Viscera The first is Chyle or Chyme the Materia substrata of the vital Liquor out of whose more soft albuminous part the nervous juyce is constituted Chyle is a white milky Liquor extracted out of Aliment The Chyle is the Materia substrata of the Blood first broken into small Particles and impregnated with salival Liquor and the Nitro-sulphureous Particles of Air in the Mouth and afterward transmitted to the Stomach where it receiveth a farther elaboration by virtue of heat and serous Ferments endued with volatil saline Particles coming from the vital and nervous Liquor which being insinuated into the body of the Aliment do open its Compage and dissolve the bond of mixtion and colliquate the Aliment wherein the more spirituous saline and sulphureous Particles are severed from the more gross and do embody with a liquid substance The motion of the Chyle making this milky extract commonly called Chyle which is transmitted through the Intestines and milky vessels into the common receptacle from whence it is carried through the thoracick Ducts into subclavian vessels and afterwards through the Vena Cava into the right ventricle of the Heart where the Chyme being broken into small Particles as highly dashed against the walls of the Heart is impelled by the pulmonary Artery into the substance of the Lungs where it mixeth with the Nitro-sulphureous Particles of Air much advantaging the nature of Blood which is composed of a hot red crassament and of a more mild cristalline Liquor The Purple Juyce is furnished with numerous white Filaments The parts of Blood which are not discernible as swallowed up in an opaque Red Liquor except when a Vein being opened the Blood is received into warm water The composition of the Red Crassament which washing the Red Crassament from the serous Liquor causeth the round white Filaments to discover themselves by swimming on the surface of the water by virtue of these Fibres the Red Crassament being extravasated coagulates into a more solid body and acquires a Scarlet or Purple hue in the Vessels as endued with subacide and sulphureous Particles often circulated and dissolved by the continued heat of the Blood which may be made evident in Chymistry whereby the saline and chiefly the acide Particles being mixed with sulphureous do give a Red tincture as in the distillation of the salt of Nitre which aboundeth with sulphureous Particles And by the affusion of a few drops of oil of Vitriol or Sulphure upon Liquors or Conserves that have only a blush of Red immediately ariseth a deep tincture of Red. The Christalline Liquor of the Blood and its nature The Cristalline Liquor is of a different nature from the Red Crassament as being of a soft albuminous transparent Ingeny and will not evaporate like serous potulent Liquor but resembleth the white of an Egg which being held over the fire in a Spoon will coagulate into a white substance This mild nutricious part of the Blood being associated with the red Crassament is transmitted by the carotide Arteries into the substance of the cortical Glands wherein it is secerned from the more hot and Purple Liquor and then encountreth with Air conveyed by the Nostrils into the Ventricles and from thence through the Pores of the Corpus callosum into the Cortex of the Brain The Origen of the Animal Liquor which highly exalteth the albuminous Liquor with nitrous and also aethereal Particles derived from planetary influxes This Animal Liquor is very much improved by volatil saline Particles adhering to the sides of the vessels relating to the cortical Glands which render it brisk and active The Animal Liquor is impregnated with volatil saline Particles in the Cortex The other Liquors are Recrements of the Blood whereupon it being enobled with spirits becomes a fit Minister of the operations of the Soul The other Liquors being the Recrements of the Blood and nervous Juyce I will Treat of with the Viscera as being colatories of the more noble Liquors seated in the several Stories of the Body Having given you a History of the similar parts as the first integrals of the Body taken asunder and handled apart I will now set them
conceive that the motions of Condensation and Rarefaction The motion of Condensation and Rarefaction may be made without penetration of Bodies which supposeth two or more Bodies in the same place because Rare Bodies may easily give way to the more Dense may be celebrated without a true penetration of Bodies which supposeth two Bodies to be seated in one proper place because the more rare Body may easily give way by contracting its extension and rendring its compage more Condensed which lesseneth all its former expansion and quantity An instance may be given in Air which is readily compressed upon the motion of a more solid Body by moving the Air inward or by making a greater or less retirement of its ambient parts into more inward recesses according to the greater or less Dimensions of a larger or smaller compact Body which giveth us an Instance of magnifying God's great Attributes of Wisdom and Power in composing the curious Fabrick of the World of Solid and Fluid of Dense and Rare parts wherein we may see and admire the wise Aeconomy of Nature so well disposed for Motion that Volatil and Fluid Bodies should submit themselves to the Commands and readily give way to the more Dense and Solid so that aethereal and airy Vapours and Watry and other rare Bodies do observe the motion of the more solid and heavy by confining themselves within more narrow Circumferences and by plucking in their Wings and by making one part more nearly retreat to another have a more near converse with each other And because solid Bodies have several gesses and various progresses and by quiting one place do obtain another in motion and so the compressed and confined Volatil and Fluid Bodies do gain their liberty and reimbrace each other and when their parted quarters haing quitted their former Guests do reunite and espouse each other But perhaps some may be so curious as to make an inspection into the Aeconomy of Nature in reference to Condensation and Rarefaction of Bodies Condensation and Rarefaction governed sometimes by External and sometimes by Internal Principles and by what conducts they are managed unto which it may be thus replied that these motions are sometimes governed by External sometimes by Internal Principles and sometimes partly by External and partly by Internal Principles and an Instance may be had of Natures conduct in Condensation and Rarefaction by External An instance of Condensation and Rarefaction by External Principles when the Blood moving from the centre to the Circumference is condensed by ambient Cold in Winter and rarefied in Summer by ambient heat when Blood the most generous Liquor as the fountain of Life addresseth it self by greater and less Arterial Channels from the Center to the Circumference from the inward to the outward Regions where its greater fervour receiveth manifest allays by the ambient cold and groweth more gross and heavy the plain effects of Condensation and the Vital Liquor is also affected with this quality when by too great a quantity it lodgeth it self into the substance of the Body as in Inflammations and Aedematous Tumours wherein the Blood is extravasated in the interstices of the Vessels which destroyeth its tone and Spirits by undue Stagnation whereupon it groweth gross and condensed And these Tumours are Cured often by Blood-letting and hot Fomentations and the making good the motion of the Blood giveth it tone and thinness of parts whence ariseth Rarefaction rendring it fit for local motion But the Vital Liquor is governed by Inward Principles Rarefaction governed by an Inward Principle in a due fermentation of the Blood caused by Volatil Saline and Sulphureous Particles when by a due Fermentation consisting of Volatil Saline and Sulphureous Particles exalted and rarefied as it is inspired with thin spirituous substances giving Life and Motion But the intestine motion of the Blood groweth degenerate by inward Principles when it is managed by fixed saline and gross Sulphureous Particles whereupon the Blood is depressed turning thick and condensed Condensation of the Blood by an ill fermentation made by fixed Saline and Sulphureous parts wherein the briskness of our Spirits and Life is much lessened and so we are rendred obnoxious to numerous Diseases much taking off the enjoyments of our selves and our pleasant Converse with others The various intestine motions proceeding from Inward Principles whereby Bodies contract or dilate themselves by gaining less or greater dimension in Condensation and Rarefaction are so many methods of Nature to speak greater Advancement and Perfection which is very visible in Production Vegetation Nutrition and augmentation of Plants and in the maturation of their Fruits and the like And in the generation of Animals by the colliquation of Seminal Liquor and their support in order to Life and Sensation in the concoction of aliment in the Stomach Intestines and by concocting it into Blood by assimilation in the Heart and Vessels and in the production of Animal Liquor and Spirits in the Cortex of the Brain Generation produced by Rarefaction and Condensation when the Seminal Liquor first expands it self by Colliquation and then groweth more and more condensed into divers parts by various Accretions In these spontaneous motions instituted by the great Architect Nature celebrates its various operations of Condensation and Rarefaction the Seminal Liquor growing at first colliquated and rarefied in its Expansion and afterward by divers steps of Condensation acquireth greater and greater Solidity and the parts of the Body as so many accretions made up of Saline Sulphureous and Earthy Particles do assume several kinds of Magnitude Figure and Consistence and from a Transparent Liquor are turned into the more condensed parts of Veins Arteries Nerves Fibres Membranes Cartilages and Bones and above all a thin limpid Liquor at first Colliquated is afterward as it were Coagulated into the white pulpy and fibrous substance of the Brain And all these several Accretions of different parts are so many degrees of Generation and the results of manifold Condensation Farthermore The Alimentary Vital and Nervous Liquors are exalted by divers intestine motions of Rarefaction to impart Nourishment Life Sense and Motion the Alimentary Vital and Animal Liquors have their first rise and greater improvement by the intestine motion of Rarefaction whereby they are exalted in growing more volatil and Spirituous to celebrate the Vegetable Vital Sensible and Intellectual Operations And by the great variety of these inward Motions the noble Fabrick and beautiful Order of the World is preserved in various methods of Condensation and Rarefaction speaking the great prudence and contrivance of that most Divine and Omnipotent Mind And to put a period to these Discourses of Condensation and Rarefaction I will add the famous Experiment of Thermometer wherein the confined Air is more or less displayed in greater or less Dimensions as the season of the Weather presents us with variety of Heat and Cold produced as some would have it by the contest of
every way diffuse themselves making divers Expansions and Intumescences by their great resistance in variety of motion And now I beg pardon of the Courteous Reader if these Mechanick Motions of Minute Bodies beautified with variety of Figures in order to Motion doe not complace his Temper which I have given as most obvious to Sense and Reason the first being ministerial to the second and therefere sensible Deductions make great impression in and speak satisfaction to our Understanding And whosoever will give himself the pleasure deeply to inspect the nature of things Mechanick Notions are the clearest way of explaining Intestine Motions as most obvious to Sense may clearly apprehend the reason of Intestine Motion proceeding from Bodies consisting of Peripatetick Elements or Chymical Principles which may be best explained by Mechanick Conceptions of Figures and small Dimensions for though Sublunary Substances are discriminated by many Appellative yet they all agree in one common nature as they are Corporeal and so are divisible into numerous Minute parts affected with determinate Figures which give high advantages and dispositions to each other to associate to produce great variety of Intestine Motions which I humbly conceive are derived not only from the contrariety of Agents but also from Bodies broken into small Particles and modelled with different Figures some being Sphaerical Conical Cubical and others Pyramidal Oval Angular producing several motions in divers Bodies the causes of whose actions being reduced to Mechanick Principles hold great correspondence as well with our Sense and Reason as with the nature of things and the truth of their Essences Ingenious Descartes supposeth the souls of Bruits to be made up of Sphaerical Descartes conceiveth the Souls of Bruits to consist of Orbicular Particles which is very improbable because Sphaerical Bodies can only touch in point and so are very moveable and being minute will easily transpire the parts of the Body moveable Particles which are imagined to be such a Ferment of so great Activity as is not extant in the nature of Things as being capable to build so elegant a Structure of the Body in which it exerteth so great a variety of Intestine Motion But this Hypothesis is perplexed with many difficulties For how can it be conceived the souls of Bruits being composed of Orbicular Particles which add Wings to Motion should be deteined within the narrow confines of the Body seeing no Cements can be found to conjoyn these most active and moveable Particles which being but gently agitated will immediately part and as they are encircled with Orbicular Figures can only touch in Points and so may easily vary their station and as they are very small and of a Volatil nature can easily transâ—ire the innumerable Minute Pores of the Body And if any outward assaults upon these Minute Orbicular Bodies as so many angry Guests they will speedily quit their former Mansion House and enter into a new Association with Airy and Aethereal bodies as much akin to these imaginary Volatil Particles embelished with divers kinds of Figures of bruitish Souls Dr. Willis describeth the souls of Bruits in manner of a Flame made of numerous small bodies of divers shapes Which curious Dr. Willis describeth in manner of a Flame arising out of the fiery parts of the Blood composed of innumerable Minute Particles of divers kinds of Figures acted with a most rapid Motion of which its flamy nature doth consist and is conceived to be framed of a disagreeing furniture of many oily Particles apt to be inflamed by a hasty motion which is maintained by the most vigorous contests of many Minute Bodies affected with Angular Figures which dashing one against another do by a kind of attrition reduce themselves to a Globular form thereby rendring their nature more Volatil and ready to extinguish this finer flame unless it be perpetually supported by a constant fuel of new Orbicular Spirituous and Sulphureous Particles From whence it may be inferred with great probability Fermentation acted with various Ferments is divided into two kinds of Expansive and Precipitatory motions that the Intestine Motions attending variety of Ferments may be reduced to two kinds of Expansive and Precipitatory Actions The first kind have difform constituent parts which occasion the great disputes in contrary Agents making a variance among themselves as well as Fermented Mass Intestine Motion performed by Expansive Faculty In this rencounter of disagreeing Bodies which being highly active some are forced to make their retreat to give freedom of space to others to exercise their Motion and Particles different in Figure do violently assault each other endeavouring to Countermand each others motion by vigorous resistances until some stubborn parts are turned out of Doors and others as more pliable are subdued being brought to such a degree of Uniformity as is consistent with the welfare and perfection of the whole But Minute Bodies acting in Fermentation by a precipitating power do consist of more Heterogeneous and differents Figures Fermentation accomplished by a precipitating power which being more simple endued with more accute and incisive Angles do embody in a Mass and do encounter whatsoever opposeth their motion with great briskness and presently in substances of a loose Compage free themselves from importunate Guests and in a more compact Mass make more violent Effervescences produced by greater resistances by which they are disburdened of opposite Particles and then the disputes are calmed and the more generous Particles are united entring into those Pores which before were prepossessed with other less similar Particles Having treated of the nature of Ferments and the requisite conditions of Fermentation and its causes proceeding from bodies lessened into small Particles dressed with various Figures and acted with contrary Principles considered in a general notion as preliminary to intestine Motion relating to the Body of Man and taken in a more especial apprehension in which we make inquiry into the subject matter of Fermentation and its Causes the various Ferments productive of it and the ends to which it is consigned the secretion of Liquors and the secretory parts and the manner of effecting secretion by Percolation produced by Vessels of several kinds as so many Organs instituted by nature for the accomplishing of it And seeing the Body of Man is made up of divers Substances affected with Fermentative Principles founded in contrariety of Qualities and variety of Figures And it may be worth our Disquisition What is the subject matter of these Principles and Figures which I conceive to be Constituents of which Mans Body is formed the Containing and Contained the Solid and Fluid parts The first are made up of divers little Surfaces so closely conjoyned that they cannot easily be parted or of many Particles which being of one or divers kinds are so firmly espoused to each other that they cannot easily suffer a divorce And those are stiled more Solid as they more firmly adhere and are more closely fixed to each
and by dashing them against the various Angles and disagreeing sides of fluid Particles do distort their natural Motion in right Lines causing them to make many Reflections from Angle to Angle and Side to Side thereby forcing these aethereal Emanations embodied with Air to make a long stay within the narrow limits of nutricious vital and nervous Liquors to impregnate them with spirituous Particles and excite their most sluggish Principles to greater degrees of activity whence procede Intestine Motions to mature those indigested Liquors to render them more fit Instruments of Life Sense and Motion Having Treated of aethereal Particles Air is exalted by Coelestial Emanations as Fermentative in Humane Bodies I Design now to speak somewhat of Air as receptive of those more Coelestial Influences and very much contributing to Fermentation perfective of all other as well as Humane Bodies And as preliminary to it I will briefly discourse the nature of Air as abstractly taken and afterwards of the different Influences of Minerals Vegetables and Animals impregnating Air and rendring it Fermentative And Lastly what Influences it hath upon the Body of Man by insinuating it self according to secret pores into the Veins and as received by more large cavities upon mastication into the Mouth Stomach Intestines and by inspiration into the Aspera Arteria Bronchia and Vesicles of the Lungs through which it is conveighed into the Substance of them where it meeteth the Blood and by degrees impregnates the whole mass of it As to the nature of Air Air is a simple body denuded of all corporeal effluxes if it be considered as divested of all extraneous Particles the Emanations of Coelestial and sublunary Beings it is a simple Body consisting of most minute and subtile parts which being in perpetual Motion caused by the pulses of Heat do render it fluide as having an open Compage Air is of an expansive nature as made of Elastic parts whose parts are most readily severed one from another by steams issuing out of the Earth and other sublunary Bodies it hath also an expansive disposition as composed of elastic Particles and is often condensed as compressed by the weight of incumbent Bodies which being taken off the Air enjoyeth its freedom by enlarging it self by a kind of Spring unto its natural expansion And is very light in its own nature Air being light in its own nature groweth more ponderous by the association of Steams and groweth more ponderous by the constant effluxes of other Bodies which perpetually vent themselves into the Air rendring it more weighty whose upper Region pressing down the lower and at last making the surfaces of inferior Bodies as Water Mercury and other fluides unequal by raising them up many degrees in Cylinders above their natural Sphaere Learned Mr. Mr. Hook describeth Air to be a Tincture of terrestrial and watry Bodies dissolved into it Hook maketh Air a Tincture or Solution of Terrestrial and Aqueous Bodies dissolved into it and agitated by it just as Cochenele is nothing but some fine dissoluble parts of that Concrete licked up or dissolv'd by that fluide Water and from this Notion this curious Author conceiveth an Account may be intelligibly given of the Condensation and Rarefaction of Air. This opinion though it is most ingenious and full of probability yet it may seem somewhat short of Truth in that it supposeth the Aether excluding Air to be a fluide medium in which all other Bodies do move and swim And apprehendeth Air to be meerly a Tincture and Composition of other Bodies to which I cannot fully subscribe because I humbly conceive that Air is not only a Compage made up of extraneous parts Air in its own nature is a simple fluid Body but is in its own Nature precisely taken an entire simple and fluide Body composed of most numerous subtile elastic parts and is not only impregnated with aethereal Particles but also with fruitful Emissions flowing out of various sublunary Bodies And Air according to my apprehension is a distinct Substance from Aether as having a peculiar Essence in the Creation of the Universe and was not constituted originally of various steams or of a saline Substance dissolved by the agil and fluide aether but in its first principle is a homogeneous Body consisting of many minute similar parts and afterwards advanced with divers Caelestial Emanations and tinged with different effluvia proceeding from Mineral Air is exalted with aetheral Particles and embodied with various effluxes issuing out of the treble Order of sublunary Entities Vegetable and animal Bodies which being heterogeneous do affect it with Fermentative Dispositions Metals and Minerals being of a Compact Substance do emit fewer effluvia then vegetables in respect their Pores are more minute and their Bodies more dry but because these solid Substances are also impregnated with volatil Particles of Salt Sulphur Bitumen and the like they breath out many effluxes into the Air by which it is made more active and fit for Fermentation as consisting of heterogenous Elements So that the Air is a vehicle of infinite effluvia of various tempers exhaled out of the Earth Air is a vehicle of various steams some earthy others watry some Saline others Oily some Watry others Fiery and Sulphureous and Saline some proceeding from common Salt Alum Nitre and others from Vitriol and Armoniac which are exhaled by the Sun out of the Earth near the Surface and others more violently emitted out of its Bowels and inward Recesses by subterraneous Fires into the Atmosphaere making great agitations of the Air somewhat resembling the waves of Water which making Appulses successively one upon the neck of another do cause a continued Motion as long as the extraordinary Effluvia breathed out of the Earth do last These various Emissions raised out of the Earth Steams arising out of the Earth and Minerals are made of different Elements and give the Air a Fermentative disposition and flowing from different Watry Saline and Sulphureous Elements do in all probability produce the various Meteors sometimes seated and floating in the Air hence arise variety of Winds and the different seasons of Heat and Cold Rain Snow Hail Dews and Frost which make divers impressions upon Vegetables and Animals So that the innumerable company of steams swimming in the Air breathed out of the Earth and Minerals acted with quick Motions consisting of innumerable minute Bodies of different Natures Shapes and Sizes hurried with most impetuous Motions do hereby give the Air a Fermenting disposition Having given you a glimpse of the steams arising out of Minerals infecting the body of Air and therein contributing to Fermentation I will now God willing speak somewhat of the effluxes of Vegetables The effluxes of Vegetables affect the Air with a Fermentative quality how they inspire the Air and impart to it a fermentative ingeny wherein three considerables seem at the first sight to present themselves the structure of Vegetables the various
of the Creation below God's Image in Man consisteth in Original Righteousness and Dominion over the Creatures God called a Council of the Trinity Faciamus hominem ad Imaginem nostram Let us make Man after our Image as Man representeth his Maker in Original Righteousness and Dominion over the Creatures Per modum imaginis and the other Sublunary Creatures do represent him Per modum vestigii as expressing him only by way of Footstep in more obscure Characters of Entity and Knowledg Man being constituted of two Essential Parts Man is a noble Compound of two essential parts Soul and Body the one material and mortal the other immaterial and immortal Soul and Body their rare Union is to be received with great Wonder rather then perfect Knowledg that two different Natures made up of Heaven and Earth the one of a Divine the other of a Humane Extract the one Immaterial and Immortal the other Earthy and Corruptible should be so well reconciled in one third as to enter into an intimate Confederacy and converse in one Person in whom different Essences do mutually assist each other in various Operations mean Sensitive being ministerial to more sublime Intellectual Functions and divers Effluvia as so many Emanations streaming from outward Objects do make by several Motions and Contacts appulses upon many Nervous Expansions Intellectual operations performed by the ministery of the Senses the seats of different Sensations celebrated in outward Organs whence they are conveyed by the continuation of Fibres to the inward Sensory judging and determining the Appulses of the outward Senses and afterward representeth them to the more Divine Faculty of the Understanding which apprehendeth them under the notion of Good and Evil whose dictates incline the Will to choice or refusal Sciences are formed by abstracted notion of the Understanding as perfective of or destructive to the Subject The Understanding also hath more elevated conceptions in Theory as ending in pure Knowledg in its more divine and abstracted Notions by which they are severed from material Circumstances therein giving a kind of eternity to Entities under common Apprehensions the immediate Foundes of various Sciences modelled according to higher or lower Abstractions made by the Understanding whose great perfection in Nature is to be heightned above the Ministry and converse of outward Organs The perfection of the Understanding is a reflex act in its more noble Reflex Acts wherein it apprehendeth the dignity of its own Essence and considereth its proper Acts and Operations which are yet more enobled by Supernatural assistances Faith is an assent to Holy Writ as founded upon Divine Authority which is faithful and infallible and cannot deceive nor be deceived granting us power above all Sense to give our full assents to the most high Mysteries of the Incarnation of our most Blessed Saviour and of the most holy and undivided Trinity Quatenus nituntur Authoritate revelantis As they are revealed in Divine Writ As founded upon Authority which is Faithful and cannot deceive and Infallible and cannot be deceived And we are able to pay by his most Gracious aid a holy transport of Wonder Adoration Eucharist and Obedience Mans duty to pay thanks to his Creator for the great perfections of his Humane Nature to our most Great and Glorious Creator Preserver and Redeemer for the excellencies of our Humane Nature as adorned with Natural and graced with Divine Perfections Thus having Treated in general of Man as consisting of Essential parts and their more eminent Faculties and Operations My intendment at this time is to descend as my more proper Task to consider the Fabrick of the Body as invested with common Intiguments according to the order of Nature the outward and inward Skin The Cuticula being the Surface of the Body The Cuticula may be truly stiled Natures outward Vest the Scarff Skin called by the great Master of our Art 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as it is first in view and one of the last in Generation because the Body must be first Formed before it is Clothed and is denominated by the Grecians 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by Celsus Summa Cutis which maketh the Convex Surface of the Body as it were a very fine Efflorescence and polishing of the inward Skin not much unlike the coat of an Onion Paraeus conceiveth it to be a spurious brat of the true Skin deriving its birth from the Excrementitious superfluity of the Capillary Veins Arteries and Filaments of Nerves Hypocrates judgeth it to be the Surface of the true Skin indurated by the coldness of the Air 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Extremum corporis aeri expositum necessario pelliculam contrahit occursu frigidi ventorum Which account will scarce satisfie a curious enquiry because the outward Skin hath its first Formation in the warm bed of the Vterus where it is no ways exposed to the coldness of ambient Air by which it cannot be Condensed but hath with all other parts its first production in the Vterus from the more viscide parts of the Seminal Liquor protruded to the Surface of the Body relating to the Foetus The Cuticula is produced of Seminal Liquor in time growing more and more solid till at length it formeth a curious thin Membrane which Labour and Cold render hard rough and brawny as it is most conspicuous in the ambient parts of the Body much exercised and exposed to the severity of Frost and Winter blasts The Cuticula I conceive may be termed an integral part of the Cutis The Cuticula is an integral part of the Cutis which would be imperfect without it as the finishing and inclosure of it because without the outward Skin the inward is imperfect rude and unpolished An Eye-sore to the Spectator looking uncouth and bloody Snakes Vipers and the like annually strip themselves from this thin Vest and by degrees put on a new one And Men after long and acute Sicknesses are disrobed of this finer Veil The Cuticula lost in sickness is repaired by the Nervous Liquor near akin to the Genital Juice Nature providing another produced by the Succus Nutricius severed from the blood in the Cutaneous Glands and transmitted by Ducts into the Surface of the Skin where the moister parts of this clammy Liquor being exhaled it is concreted into a thin Tunicle encircling the inward Skin or it may be which is more probable that this fine Film is repaired by a milder Albuminous Juice distilling out of the Nerves inserted into the Skin near akin to that primogenius matter out of which the Cuticula was first generated in the Uterus This Nervous Liquor not unlike in colour and substance to the White of an Egg is Whitish Transparent and Viscide naturally inclinable to Coagulate and Agglutinate to the outward surface of the Cutis which I conceive may be accomplished after this manner The Nervous Liquor gently flowing out of the extremities of the Nerves
interwoven with many fine close struck Filaments whose excellent texture may be somewhat discerned in a dried Skin by the help of a microscope Learned Mr. Hook describeth the Skin according to this Coat when Tanned or Dressed to be of a spongy nature and seemeth to be constituted of an infinite company of Fibres or Hairs which look not unlike a heap of Two or Okum and every one of these Fibres saith he seem to have been some part of a Muscle and probably according to his opinion while the Animal was alive might have its distinct Function and serve for the contraction and relaxation of the Skin but this Hypothesis supposeth a Motion of the Skin in human Bodies which is only found in their Heads and Forheads because other parts of the Skin have no carnous fibers inserted into them which are the immediate instruments of Motion but only a great number of nervous filaments which far exceed the Vessels in proportion and are the main and chief ingredients of the Skin which may be most plainly evinced The second Coat of the Skin is a syâ—â—em of nervous filaments seeing every minute particle of it is endued with an exact Sense derived from nervous fibres which cannot be reasonably judged to be all branches of Nerves disseminated through the several regions of the Skin for if it should be granted that all the numerous fibres constituting the thick compage of the Skin to sprout out of the several Trunks of the Nerves it may be easily made appear that the parts would exceed the whole and the united Branches would be greater than the body of the Nerves as the Skin if composed of them being thick and universally covering the whole Body would require far greater Trunks then the cutaneous Nerves A great part of he perâ—â—â—s filaments do not spring out of Nerves but are propagated immediately from seminal Liquor if they did wholly accommodate the Skin must be divided and subdivided into smaller and smaller branches and fibres inserted into the Skin Wherefore I conceive the fibres of the Skin do not all spring from the caudex of Nerves but a great part are formed originally out of the more viscide part of the seminal Liquor protruded unto the ambient parts of the Body and being by degrees more and more consolidated grow into a firm substance near akin to the Nerves in their pale colour and tenacious nature and may be conceived according to our apprehension to be capable of division into minute filaments which though they be not the tendrels of Nerves yet they hold such an Entercourse and Communion with them as they receive irradiations of animal Spirits giving sensitive dispositions to every small part of the Skin And the Cutis doth not only consist of Vessels and nervous Fibres but also of a Parenchyma The parenchyma of the Skin is nothing but serous or nervous Liquor concreted and adhering to the sides of the Vessels because the Vessels and Fibres being of various Figures and Magnitudes cannot be so closely conjoyned but some interstices will be left between them which Nature filleth up with a white mucous Matter distilling out of the Nerves and serous Liquor dropping out of the extremities of the capillary Arteries which being extravasated and concreted do adhere to the sides of the Vessels and Fibres rendring the substance of the Skin more Dense and Solid speaking an advantage and ornament to it Because the Fibres being not perfectly uniforme and some of them making the woof of the Skin do pass long-ways others overthwart others obliquely some lying higher and others lower do produce unevennesses in the Skin which are all filled up and rendred plain by the interposition of a white viscide Matter Dr. Glysson illustrateth our Hypothesis by this Instance Si enim ligneo aut eburneo cultro pellem quamlibet in aqua diu maceratam fortiter fricavercis quemadmodum faciunt qui pergamenam conficiunt deterseris proculdubio parenchymatis ejusdem maximam partem observabis enim in hoc opere mucosam viscidamque partem abstergi quae nihil aliud est nisi parenchyma attenuatur enim pellis pellucida quodammodo evadit minusque multo quam antea pendet patet ergo aliquid a pelle separari id vero quod separatur nec ad vasa nec ad fibras quae etiamnum manent consequenter ipsum cutis parenchyma esse And the Parenchyma is the duller part of the Cutis and the Coat framed of nervous Fibrils may be truly stiled the Organ of Sensation though Learned Malpighins I conceive with less probability Malpighius placeth the Organ of sensation in the pyramidal glands placeth the Organ of touching in the Papillae pyramidales which being not divaricated through every part of the Skin but only founded as he saith in the wrinkles of the Cutis cannot universally give Sensation to every particle of it Furthermore If this opinion of Malpighius were true the Papillae pyramidales inserting themselves with many small Fibres into the Cuticula would consequently impart Sensation to it which seemeth very plainly to oppose Experience because the Cuticula is not an Organ but a medium of Sensation to secure the nervous Coat affected with most acute Sense from the troublesome and frequent sollicitations of outward Objects The third Coat of the Skin is †The glandulous Coat of the Skin is furnished with numerous miliary glands Tab. 1. f f glandulous so termed because it is beset with a vast quantity of miliary Glands lying under and inserted into the inward surface of the Skin and are furnished with one or more capillary Arteries Veins and nervous Fibrils dispensing to and receiving from these minute Glands Blood Serous and nutricious Liquors From these Glands are propagated a number of small Ducts Every cutaneous miliary gland is accommodated with an excretory Duct ending in the surface of the outward Skin The extremity of these excretory Ducts are the Pores of the Skin The spots of the Skin in a Skaite are its Pores leading into the excretory Ducts belonging to the glands as so many excretory Vessels taking their rise from this glandulous Coat and determining into the outward surface of the Skin and every Gland hath one or more proper excretory Vessels branching themselves and ending in the exterior part of the Skin and the termination of these Vessels being a vast number of small cavities are stiled the pores of the Skin which may be easily discovered in some large Fish The whole surface of the Skin in a Skaite is bespecked with numerous Black spots which being inspected with a curious Eye do lead into more inward recesses of the Skin interspersed with Black streaks full of numerous perforations as so many excretory Vessels proceeding from minute Glands seated in the Skin discharging a clammy Matter to the utmost confines of the Body which are universally besmeared with it and this viscous Liquor may be easily squeezed out of the excretory Ducts by the
weight lest the body should tumble when moved hath wisely instituted that when the hinder and fore Foot entertain the weight of the Body at the same instant the said Feet of the opposite side are removed from the Area as acted with Motion the weight of that side is received upon the middle Foot wherein the Body is balanced in a kind of equality of weight lest the Body should tumble toward the right side upon the motion of the Limbs relating to that side when the Feet are lifted up from the Floor And therefore it is most prudently contrived by the All-wise Maker that when the Extream Feet are in Motion that the weight of the Body should be supported by the unmoved middle Feet as the Centers of Motion So that when the utmost Feet of either side do celebrate their Motion the middle Foot alternately resteth to sustain the weight of one side of the Trunk and the middle also doth take its turn in Motion In Six-footed Creatures three remain the centers of motion while the other are moved whereupon Insects dressed with six Feet have them employed in Motion the two Extream Feet in one side and the middle Foot in the other and then also at the same time remain unmoved the two utmost in one and the middle in the other upon which account the Bodies of many-footed Animals do so keep the weight of their Bodies in an equal balance that they are preserved from falling And the middle Foot is so moved forward in each side as it checketh its Motion near the fore Foot and while the middle Foot resteth in either side the fore Foot removeth from it and the hinder Foot moveth toward the middle Foot of the same side which at the same instant keepeth it self unmoved in one station as the Center of Motion to underprop the weight of the Body in that side during the Motion of the Extream Feet And Insects accommodated with an equal number of Eight Ten In many-footed Creatures many fore Feet of one side joyn with the other by a kind of Decussation or more Feet the four or five Feet affixed to the hinder part of the right side do concur in Motion with the Feet fastned to the fore part of the left side in a kind of Decussation made between the hinder and fore Feet of opposite sides and after the same manner the hinder Feet of the left are auxiliaries in Motion to the fore Foot of the right side And while the many Posterior and Anterior Feet of opposite sides in Insects being substituted in stead of one Posterior and Anterior Foot in Quadrupeds do move while at the same time the other diametrically opposite Posterior and Anterior Feet do rest as so many Pillars to receive the weight of the Body in which we may admire and adore the great Wisdom of the Omnipotent Architect who hath most elegantly framed all things according to a due Weight Number and Measure in a most excellent Order CHAP. XX. Of the Flying of Birds HAving Treated of Muscles in a common Notice and more particularly of those of the Belly and of Progressive Motion performed by the Flexors and Tensors of the Thighs Legs and Feet I will now take the freedom with your Permission to speak of another kind of Progressive Motion celebrated in Birds by the assistance of Wings which in reference to their great excellency are very significant in a Figurative Sense as they are assigned to divers ends and purposes Many noble Creatures The perfection of the Wings is expressed in a Figure and those of the first Order of Entity the Heavenly Host of holy Angels our Guardians are Painted with Wings And inspired Bezaleel was ordered by God himself to Carve the Cherubims with Wings over-shadowing the Mercy Seat And the most glorious Angel of the everlasting Covenant the Sun of Righteousness ariseth with Healing in his Wings And one of God's greatest Attributes his everlasting Providence was described by the Kingly Prophet under the notion of a Shadow proceeding from the Covert of his Wings which speaketh the great and gracious Protection of the Sons of Men. And this Heavenly Agent hath formed many Sublunary Creatures adorned with Wings which are of a fine Structure and wonderful to behold in different Animals as Serpents and Dragons which Aelian and others make mention of to fly in Aegypt Pliny giveth an account out of Niger if he may be Credited that such a multitude of Fish Flying Fish recorded in History called Loligines by the Latines flew out of the Sea and rested upon a Ship and sunk it But to leave this pleasant Author The more sober Ancients do mention in History a Sea Swallow a Hawk and a Fish not unlike a Herring which have been seen by Seamen in their Voyage to America to Fly which I apprehend to be performed by the help of Membranous Wings not unlike those of Bats And other Fish and Serpents are dressed with Wings made of more thin and dry Coats And above all Creatures which are embellished with proper Wings Birds are the most excellent both for Structure and Service as being Beautiful Frames Birds have Wings various is colours shape and size made up outwardly of different Feathers full of various Colours and of several Sizes and Shapes and are composed more inwardly of Membranous Muscles and divers small oblong Bones as Integrals imparting strength and motion to the Wings of Birds which being anterior fine Limbs do hold great analogy with the Arms of Humane Bodies as they consist of Coats Carnous Fibres and many Bones rarely fitted in Joints These curious Engines of Motion have a double posture of Expansion and Contraction The first is the Wing straightned and enlarged performed by various Tensors fixed to divers Bones in order to Motion And latter position is the Wing contracted by divers Flexures and shortned into different folds in reference to its Repose when freed from Action The motion of the Wing in Flying is celebrated by various Muscles making divers Tensions of the Cubit and last Bone and by the elevation and depression of the Wing produced by the Abductors and Adductors the Scapular and Pectoral Muscles And in order to the motion of the Wing The Wing is enlarged by Tensors it is first streched out and expanded by the Tensors of the Cubit which do begin with fleshy Origens near the lower region of the Shoulder Bone relating to the head of it and do take their Progress along the upper side of the Os Humeri and are inserted with small fleshy Terminations into the beginning of the greater Bone of the Cubit and being Contracted do straighten the Cubit of the Wing The Tensors of the second Joint of the Pinion or last Bone of the Wing are two Seminervous Muscles which take their rise with fleshy Originations near the beginning of the lower Bone of the Cubit and being carried all along the upper side of it do terminate in oblong
ranks of Animals as Insects and the like are very obscure and imperfect as gradually celebrated with more slowness wherein the whole Body is not moved at once but one part after another with great industry and time which is performed in oblique slender Bodies not supported by the interposition of Articulated Limbs as so many jointed Columns but often Sweeping or Creeping upon some Area with their bare Bellies which in several parts are lifted up and depressed again to the Ground to draw the Body piece by piece from place to place Before we make any farther progress it may seem Methodical to be inquisitive into the nature of this Creeping Motion which may be worth our Time as well as Pains as being a matter of great Curiosity and Wonder to understand the great Works of the Creator in reference to the most Minute Creatures And indeed it is very difficult to apprehend the Method by which Nature proceedeth in the production of Motion relating to Insects which is much different from that of greater and more perfect Animals and is not at all relating to Walking Flying Swimming which require a greater Apparatus of more noble Organs Again the conception of this Motion is perplext in point of its various Modes as Spiral Arch-like c. Thirdly It is difficult to pry into the Nature of it because the Instruments of it are not very obvious to Sense by reason of their smallness imperfection and various confused parts so that some Animals are furnished in order to this Creeping Motion with Bones Joints and Muscles the main Instruments of Motion as Eels and Serpents but in other Animals they are deficient as Leeches and Worms and the like and have neither Bones nor Joints but small Annular Membranes in stead of Bones and straight Fibres in stead of Muscles And now I will take the freedom to offer some requisite Conditions The first motion of Insects is wavelike found in Minute Animals as so many Pillars upon which all Creeping Motion is built The second kind is performed by Spires The first is some immoveable Base or Area upon which this Motion is founded seated without the moved bodies of Animals which are the subjects of Motion and are the second requisite of it and the third and chief are the Machines or instrumental causes of this Motion Local Motion commonly called Creeping The third is effected by Contraction and Extension admitteth a Division into many kinds as so many Modes of it which is sometimes Wavelike diversly celebrated as when the Back is curled above in variety of short Waves which is evident in Leeches and Silk-worms or acted below when Oblong bodies are rendred Crooked part after part successively wherein the Body is moved by degrees by Spire after Spire from Term to Term as in Lampreys Eels Congers But Insects do extend first the fore part of their Bodies and lift up their Heads and afterward contract their hinder Region and so bring it forward toward their Heads and so do gain more ground Aristotle The fourth is made by lesser Arches in his Book De Incessu Animalium addeth a fourth kind of Creeping acted by various Arches and doth not essentially differ from the curled Wavelike Motion which is managed by a kind of lesser Arches And the greater Wavelike Motion is full of Wonder in a kind of Silk-worm which maketh one most eminent Arch with a most crooked Angle seated in the middle of the Back highly elevated from the Earth and other different Silk-worms do make many smaller Incurvations somewhat aemulating Waves of Water one Wave impelling another and receive divers Discriminations of Colours Shape and Size But other Insects acted with many Wavelike Motions are most truly denominated Silk-worms whose Backs are variously acted with many crooked Arches being sometimes lifted up and other times depressed So that all slow Motion wherein the Body is moved part after part as step by step is reducible to Four kinds Spiral Wavelike Archlike and Motion performed by Traction of one part after another by the help of many Minute Muscles or Fibres contracting themselves And we may take our first rise from the Motion of more perfect Creeping Animals The motion of Serpents and Eels is Spiral as being dressed with the better furniture of Organs found in Eels and Serpents which are acted with Spiral Motion consisting of various segments of Circles having not any recourse into each other in order to a perfect Circle but somewhat resemble the Circumvolution and Spires of the Intestines and are not formed by many Bones Articulations or Muscles of the Limbs but by several instruments of Motion appertaining to the Spine which is furnished with great variety of minute carved Bones numerous Joints and many short Muscles which do all act their several parts in the slender Bodies of these long Animals moved by many lateral Incurvations wherein one part is haled after another displayed in Four several Postures The first is that above celebrated by the Muscles elevating the Head and Trunk from the Ground which giveth a prospect of good or ill Accidents to embrace the one and refuse the other The second Posture of Eels and Serpents The second posture of motion is made by Depression in reference to the Motion of Spires is made by Depression as by Muscles by whose Contraction the Body is inclined downward toward the Ground The third Posture of Motion is Lateral made by the alternate Incurvation of one side after another in forming Spires which are accomplished by many Lateral Muscles shortning the parts of the Body by which it is drawn forward little by little according to the nature of Motion in Oblong Bodies resting on many parts of the lower Region which give so many steps to the total Motion of the Body So that the Lateral Motion is produced by the alternate flexions of the Spiral Vertebres inclined sometimes to the right and other to the left side and this Flexion is not made as by the Articulations of more perfect Animals according to Angles but by Arches and Spires formed by many small Muscles imparting Tendons to every Vertebre of the Spine which are bent one after another toward the Head So that the many Muscles belonging to several Articulations being contracted and abbreviated cannot incurvate the whole Spine into one great entire Arch because it would prejudice Motion if each side should be furnished only with one Muscle upon whose Contraction the whole side would be moved with great trouble while the other resteth but the side being divided into many Incurvations is much more readily and nimbly moved to the great ease and pleasure of those Animals And some are appropriated particular Muscles to the Head for the carrying it forward which is thrust onward not by any other Muscles but those of the Spine following each other in different sides and making many small Spires which by divers Muscular Contractions do abbreviate the parts of the Body and carry the
farther Discourse I will divide the parts of the Body into Fluid and Solid as they may give an illustration to our ensuing Sentiments Liquors acted with Vital and Animal Spirits are the immediate organs of the Soul and solid parts and Muscles are Systemes of various Vessels The first are the more noble parts which being Liquors impraegnated with Vital and Animal Spirits are the immediate ministers of the Soul and give Life Sense and Nourishment to the whole Body And all Solid parts are dedicated to their service and the Muscular Glandulous and Membranous Substance are several Systemes of Arteries Veins Nerves and Lymphaeducts as so many various Channels conveying different fluid bodies from part to part that by keeping them in perpetual motion they may be rendred Active and Spirituous and free from Putrefaction the ill consequent of Stagnation The more solid parts of Bones Bones are endued with Arteries Veins and Nerves are endued also with the Terminations of Arteries Veins and Nerves inserted into their substance imparting to it Life and Nourishment and are subservient to the fluid parts of the Body as they support the Muscular Glandulous and Membranous parts of it which are composed of great variety of Tubes as so many Conduit Pipes of several Liquors So that the generous Juices the remote Matter Fluid parts are the more essential and the solid the organical parts of the Body or the more immediate subject of Life and Sense are the essential parts of the Body and the more solid substances of it are Organical as paying a duty and service to them and are parts belonging to the Mouth in which the Chyle is prepared as receiving its first rudiment by Mastication and Impraegnation with Salival Liquor and is farther Elaborated in the Stomach and Intestines and afterward is assimilated into Blood in the Sanguiducts and Ventricles of the Heart from whence it is carried down by the Descendent Trunk of the Aorta and Caeliack Artery and Vena Porta into the Liver the Colatory of Bilious Humours received into the Choledock Duct and Bladder of Gall as the Receptacles of them and afterward the Blood is impelled by the Emulgent Arteries into the Kidneys the secretories of watry Recrements transmitted into the Uriters and Bladder of Urine Whereupon very much of the Body if not the whole are either parts preparing or perfecting Chyle or transmitting it from part to part or Channels Exporting and Importing Blood or Colatories of it or Receptacles of gross and thinner Recrements or preparatories of Seminal Liquor the Testicles or of Animal the Cortical Glands of the Brain from whence Nerves are propagated conveying Liquor to all parts of the Body The Chyle the materia substrata of Blood The Aliment is first prepared in the Mouth is prepared in the Chamber of the Mouth consisting of various parts of a Cavity surrounded with strong Bones and enclosed on its sides with the Cheeks and fringed in its entrance with the Lips and the greater part of its Circumference is guarded with two Semicircles placed in the upper and lower Mandible The Mouth and its adjacent parts beset with a double row of Teeth This fine Apartiment is adorned above with a bony concave Roof curiously arched and suited with the more soft Glandulous substance of the Palate and is founded below with the arched Bones of the lower Mandible enclosing the moving floor of the Tongue sporting it self by the help of Muscles in various Postures ordered for the Articulation of Letters and Words the product of conjoined Elements of Speech So that the Mouth may be stiled a fine Room of Entertainment The Mouth may be called a Dining Room in which we are treated with variety of Meat and Drink appointed for Meat and Drink Discourse and the best of Musick being that of the Voice and as to the first part of the Entertainment the Mouth may be called a Banquet-House furnished with several sorts of Meat and Drink to which we are invited by Hunger and Thirst as by Natures pair of Officers and afterward Treated with variety of pleasant Tastes seated in the Tongue to court us to our Advantage to the use of proper Aliments to support our selves with Pleasure and Delight My aim in this Chapter is to Treat only of some parts relating to this small Apartiment the Lips Cheeks Gooms and Teeth Which I will God willing Treat of in order The Lips are composed of a delicate †Ta. 2. Fig. b b. The Lips are a spungy Flesh invested with a thin Skin soft thin Flesh with which the Cutis is so curiously blended that it may be stiled a Muscular Skin or a Skinny Muscle These Fringes of the Mouth are invested without with a thin Skin and more inwardly with a thicker Membrane common to the Gulet and Stomach whose Fibres being contracted in Vomiting the motion is thence communicated by the mediation of a Common Membrane to the upper Lip causing a Tremulous Motion the forerunner of Vomiting And the Lips are not only composed of a Skin and Membrane The Lips have minute glands mingled with its flesh but also of most tender Flesh interspersed with numerous Minute Glands of several shapes and sizes which being obstructed by gross Recrements lodged in their substance do produce Scrophylous Tumors which I have frequently seen in the Evil. The Lips are furnished with a company of Capillary Arteries which being dispersed through the Carnous Membranes do give them that lovely Red Colour which render them very acceptable to the Eyes of the Spectators These beautiful Confines of the Mouth have many Nervous Fibres to give them Sense and Motion and are seated between the Arteries and Veins the last of which are ordered by Nature to give reception to the Purple Liquor and reconvey it to the Cava and impart it to the right Ventricle of the Heart The Lips have divers Organs of Motion some common and others proper The first pair of Muscles of the Lips the last are five pair beside the Orbicular Muscle The first pair according to Bartholine Diemerbroeck take their boad origination from the upper Mandible which Learned Fallopius assigneth to the Angles of the Eyes and passing down a little obliquely are inserted into the upper Lip near and into the Alae of the Nose and this Muscle by many Fibres doth make various Contractions whereby it doth move the upper Lip and Nostrils upward The second pair of Muscles appertaining to the upper Lip The second pair of Muscles borroweth its small and fleshy origen from the upper Mandible where the Cavities of the Cheeks are seated and being overspread with store of Fat do terminate on both sides into the upper Lip almost in the middle and in an equal distance from the first and third pair of Muscles and do elevate the upper Lip The third pair of Muscles The third pair of Muscles stiled by Riolan Par Zygomaticum being round and fleshy taketh its beginning
the lower Mandible and the Eye and great Teeth above do not hold a perfect Analogy in order figure and greatness with those below whereupon the Teeth of each Jaw not exactly answering each other cannot be fit Coadjutors in reference to a due comminution of Aliments A troublesome disorder happens to the Teeth A Laxity of Teeth proceedeth from the Gooms not well closed to the Teeth which is caused by sharp and salt Humours in relation to their Laxity and Shedding when they are not firmly fastned to the Mandibles which proceed either from the disproportion between the Cavities of the Jaws and the Roots of the Teeth when they are not exactly fitted to each other or when the Gooms are not well closed to the surface of the Teeth caused in the Scorbute and Venereal Distempers by sharp salt and Malignant Humours eating away the substance of the Gooms and the Ligaments and Roots of the Teeth whereupon they either grow Loose or slip out of their Sockets In order to Cure the Laxity Antiscorbuticks inward Decoctions and Gargarisms are profitable in the looseness of the Teeth and Shedding of the Teeth Antiscorbutick and Antivenereal Medicines are to be advised as Decoction of Lignum Sanctum Sarsa Parilla China with the Tops of Pine and Fir infused in them As also Cleansing Astringent and Drying Medicines Administred in the form of Powders and also Gargarisms to take away the Foulness adhering to the surface of the Teeth and Gooms and to fasten them to their proper Repositories CHAP. IV. Of the Pains of the Teeth THe Pain of the Teeth by some is rather made an object of Laughter then Compassion but in truth it much deserveth our pity and help as it is often productive of great Agonies giving a high Discomposure to the Delicate and choice aeconomy relating to the curious frame of our Body by taking away its Quiet and Repose The Pain of the Teeth hath for its seat The pain of the Teeth is seated in Nervous and Membranous parts the Nervous and Membranous Filaments as they are the subjects of Sensation to which the Bony part can lay no claim as being wholly destitute of Sense The Antecedent Cause of pain relating to the Teeth are ill Humours confined within the Vessels at some distance from the Teeth whereupon the Pain is then only in Posse and in Actu signato before the depraved Vital and Nutricious Liquor arrive the parts affected the Nerves and Membranes of the Teeth The Continent Cause of this Disease proceedeth either from a grossness quantity or quality of the Blood or Succus Nutricius affecting the Nerves or Membranes belonging to the Teeth The Blood being very thick or transmitted in too large a proportion by the External Carotide Arterial Branches into the Membranes encircling the outward Surface The obstructed Interstices of Mebranous Filaments cause a pain in the Teeth and inward Cavity of the Teeth doth obstruct the Interstices of the Membranous Filaments and cause great pain by making a Solution of the Unity of parts integrating the Coats both enwrapping the middle and roots and inside of the Teeth by severing the tender Filaments one from another productive of painful disorder The Blood also is incumbred with Heterogeneous Saline Saline and Acid Particles of the Blood produce a pain in the Teeth and Acid Particles whence ariseth a great Fermentation of the Vital Liquor which being impelled by the Pulsation of the Heart through the Carotide Arteries into the empty Spaces of the Membranes enclosing the Ambient and inward parts of the Teeth doth produce sad dolorous effects Another Continent Cause of this troublesome Disease Flatulency in the Blood is often a cause of pain in the Teeth issueth from a sharp vaporous Mass of Blood associated with Flatulency which being conveyed by the Carotides to the narrow Spaces of the tender Coats immuring the Exterior and Interior parts of the Teeth doth by its flatulent Elastick Particles produce shooting afflictive Pains putting the Patient into an Agony A Continent Cause also of this high Discomposure Sharp and Acid Particles of the Nervous Liquor do discompose the Nerves of the Teeth may arise from sharp and Acid Particles disaffecting the Succus Nutricius which being transmitted from the Brain by the mediation of Nerves into the Membranes appertaining to the Teeth constituted of numerous Minute Fibres which being of an acute Sense are highly incensed by the angry Particles of an ill Nervous Liquor speaking a great torture to the afflicted Patient Infants not come to Maturity being endued with a most tender frame Infants much tortured in Dentition whence proceed Fevers Convulsions Loosenesses and an impatient Temper are highly discomposed with Pain in breeding their Teeth in which they alarm their Nurses and Attendants with importunate Crying whereupon many sad Diseases do accompany the pain of Dentition As the great Master of our Art hath well observed in the Third Book of his Aphorisms the 21. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ad Dentitionem progressus gingivarum prurigines Febres Convulsiones alvi profluvia idque praecipue cum caninos Dentes emittere caeperint iis qui maxime crassi sunt alvos duras habent Inflammation of the Gooms in Dentition proceedeth from a quantity of stagnated Blood The Prurient heat of the Gooms in Dentition proceedeth from a quantity of Blood extravasated into the empty spaces of the Vessels whence followeth the Inflammation of the Gooms which is accompanied with a Symptomatick Fever derived from violent Pain raising an unkindly Ebullition of the Mass of Blood and Convulsive Motions which are frequent and fatal to Children in the time of breeding their Teeth Which I humbly conceive arise after this manner When the Teeth approach their Maturity as having their Mucous Matter turned into an Osseous substance proceeding from a new access of Saline and Earthy Particles concreted whence the Teeth receiving greater Dimensions both in breadth and hight are impatient of any longer Confinement within the narrow boundaries of the Gooms whereupon they break their Walls and by lifting themselves up do bruise and lacerate the tender Capillary Arteries and Nervous Fibrils whence ensue an Inflammation caused by Blood stagnated in the Interstices of the Vessels and Convulsive Motions in the Muscles of the Body and lower Mandible and the Face drawn into Sympathy with the Nerves of the Gooms Convulsive motions do flow from the contusion and laceration of tender Fibres in the eruption of the Teeth which are highly irritated by Pungent Pains following the Contusion and Laceration of the most tender Nervous Fibrils seated in the substance of the Gooms and the Membranes immuring the surface of the Gooms which being a fine Contexture composed of numerous small Filaments of most accute Sense must necessarily suffer in a high manner in the great violation of their close union following the Eruption of the Teeth forcibly piercing the tender Compage of the Coat encircling the
Recesses whereupon if the influx of Nervous Liquor be intercepted the Muscular and Membranous parts are dispoiled of their due Dimensions which doth not proceed from the suppressed Motion of the Blood keeping its Current into Paralytick Members which appeareth in the Pulsation of the Artery playing in the Emaciated parts and therefore there must be found out some Vessels which being obstructed do stop the course of the Nervous Liquor and defraud the Systeme of Vessels of which the decayed parts are integrated of their Alimentary Liquor whereupon the Nerves being destitute of their Juice Animal Spirits and Elastick Particles of Air loose their due Tenseness and Tone whence followeth the resolution of parts in Paralytick Distempers Another argument may be borrowed from Ocular Demonstration In Wounds of Tendons a gleete issueth out which is a Nervous Liquor which is a high Evidence and not to be Disputed an Instance may be given in the Wounds of Nerves and Tendons out of which a Limpide Liquor commonly called a Gleete freely extilleth which cannot probably flow from Veins and Arteries whose Liquors are tinged with a different Colour Again It may be further confirmed by the swelling of the Nerves The Nervous Liquor may be asserted by reason the Nerves swell in young Animals upon a Ligature made by a Ligature in young Animals above which an Intumescence groweth derived from Nervous Liquor tending toward the Ligature which being intercepted causeth the Swelling But how happeneth it that Ligatures of Nerves produce no Swellings in Animals of greater age My Conjecture is That the Nervous Juice is more free in Motion in Puppies then in more Mature Animals derived from the greater abundance and thinness of the Nervous Liquor A fourth argument to prove the Existence of the Nervous Juice Another argument to evince the existence of Nervous Liquor is the number of Nerves implanted into parts who do not need much Motion or Sensation as being a Member related to the family of Liquors the great Instruments to support the oeconomy of Nature in Animals is drawn from the uses assigned to the Nerves which are Sensation Motion and Nutrition and some parts which are not subject to Motion nor extraordinary Sensation as the Mesentery and Spleen are furnished with great plexes of Nerves and parts which have far greater Dimensions as the Liver and Caul have far less proportion of Nerves which argueth they are instituted for Nutrition only whereupon the Mesenterick and Splenick Plexes are consigned to some other use beside that of Sense Motion and Nutrition Which I humbly conceive is this That the numerous Nerves are ordained too by Nature to transmit Liquor into the Glands of the Mesentery and Spleen to refine the Chyle in the one and the Vital Juice in the other And I have great reason to believe that the fruitful Branches of Nerves inserted into the inward Tunicle of the Stomach are to convey Animal Liquor into the Cavity of the Stomach to impart a Fermentative Power to the Aliment in order to the production of Chyle so that the Nervous Liquor is a fluid Body endued with many Minute Particles big with active and subtle Principles which upon that account have the advantage of a more ready entrance into the pores of the Aliment And again The Nervous Liquor impraegnated with volatil saline parts doth insinuate it self into the compage of Meat and Drink The Animal Juice as inspired with fine Spirits and impraegnated with volatil saline Particles is more readily received by secret passages into the inward penetrals of the Meat and Drink lodged in the bosome of the Ventricle and doth impart Intestine Motion to it by stirring up the different Elements of the Nourishment Thirdly The Nervous Liquor is composed of many Minute parts adorned with various Figures and Magnitudes The Animal Juice as consisting of different parts in shape and siz flowing from Aliment doth reduce it into motion different from the fluid and solid atomes of the Aliment which being contrary agents do enter into a Conflict with each other and by opposite Manners and processes of Operation do bring their disagreeing Tempers by a middle allay to an amicable Reconciliation consistent with each others subdued Nature Ingenious Doctor Willis is pleased to say That the Nervous Liquor is a Masculine kind of Seminal Juice And this opinion as I conceive is grounded upon its Spirituous and Volatil Particles in which it hath some likeness with Genital Liquor in Quality as well as Colour And this Animal Juice being incorporated with the Serous Liquor exuding the Extreamities of the Caeliack Artery into the capacity of the Stomach with which it is advanced as with some active Ferment The Fermentative disposition of the Nervous Liquor may be farther confirmed out of the first principle of its Production wherein its Nature doth very much consist which is of Vital Juice The Nervous Liquor hath Fermentative dispositions in reference to the Blood from which it is propagated as having contrary Elements the Chrystalline and finer part The Nervous Liquor is extracted after this manner as I apprehend The Blood being impelled by the Carotide Arteries into the Cortical Glands of the Brain is there separated as in so many Colatories wherein the more soft and fine Juice of the Blood is secerned from the hot and gross red Crassament which is returned by the Jugular Veins while the more delicate Liquor is elaborated and impraegnated with Volatil Saline parts in the body of the Cortical Glands and afterward transmitted into the Extreamities of the Nerves whereupon we may be easily induced to believe that the Animal Liquor being generated out of the Blood a subject of many Fermentative Principles as composed of different Elements and as chiefly embodied with Air in the substance of the Lungs full of Elastick Particles which contribute much to the Fermentation of the Animal Liquor extracted out of Blood Furthermore The Nervous Liquor as embodied with Air in Cortical Glands obtaineth Elastick Particâ—s and is active in Fermentation The Animal Liquor is associated with Air when it is first produced in the Cortical Glands which ascending through the Cavities of the Nostrils in time of Inspiration some part of it as complying with its nature to move upward passeth through the Os Ethmoides into the Ventricles of the Brain whence it is elevated through the numerous Pores of the various Medullary Processes into the Cortical Glands wherein it enters into alliance and confederacy with the embrionate Nervous Liquor and exalteth it with subtle saline Particles and with an active Expansive Quality one main Ingredient constituting the Fermentative Disposition of the Animal Liquor Another argument may be brought to place the Nervous Juice in the Mass of Ferments is from its great activity and most subtle nature by which it produceth such wonderful Effects in Muscular Motion Nervous Liquor is of a subtle and active Nature in being the cause of Muscular Motion made upward and
Muscle annexed to the lower Margent of the Os Sacrum dressed with many annular Fibres which being contracted do purse up the perforation of the Anus thereby giving a stop to the involuntary exclusion of gross and flatulent Excrements and beside the Sphyncter may be found some semilunary Valves which do not exactly close up the Anus and do not touch each other except when the Anus is shut up by the Sphyncter these semilunary Valves may be more clearly seen in Dogs and Cats then Men. This Intestine is also accommodated with two other Muscles beside the Sphyncter named Levatores Ani which are derived from the Os Coxendicis The Muscles called Levatores ani and the ligament of the Os Sacrum which is ordained by nature to keep the Intestinum rectum in its due place and to reduce it when it is forced down by a violent expulsion of hard and gross Excrements or when relaxed by some great indisposition The Rectum goeth in a straight course from its Origen The Rectum hath no Circumvolution to its utmost extreamity from the sixth Joynt of the Os Sacrum to the Anus without any circumvolution by reason it is not destined for a long stay of Excrements whereupon it is destitute of the ligament making Connivent Valves which would give a check to the passage of the Faeces The Guts are Enamelled with divers Vessels Arteries Veins Nerves The Vessels of the Guts and lacteal Tubes The Arteries and Veins relating to the Intestines are the Caeliac The Arteries or the Caeliac and upper and lower Mesenterick the upper and lower Me senteric Branches and the Haemorrhoidal The Caeliack Artery is a very eminent Branch springing out of the descendent Trunk of the Aorta little above the Midriffe which is principally ordained by Nature for the Stomach The reason of the name of the Caeliac Artery whence it receiveth its denomination of Caeliack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Ventriculo and when this Artery hath imparted its Branches to the Stomach Liver Bladder of Gall and Caul it communicateth also many divarications to the Duodenumr to the Origen of the Jejunum and some part of the Colon to all which Guts Veins The Origen of the Caeliack Artery associating with the Caeliack Artery and arising out of the ascending Trunk of the Cava are derived in fruitful ramifications which return the Blood by the Porta into the Cava and thence to the Right Auricle and Ventricle of the Heart The upper Mesenterick Artery The upper Mesenterick Artery accompanied with Veins sprouting out of the Descendent Trunk of the Aorta a little below the Caeliack doth adorn with numerous ramulets the Jejunum Ileon and that part of the Colon which passeth from the Concave surface of the Liver to the Right Kidney And afterward the Veins associates of the upper Mesenterick Artery do reconvey the vital by the Porta lodged in the Liver where the Blood is depurated from its bilious Faeces before it is received into the numerous Extreamities of the Cava In the anterior parts of the descendent Trunk of the Aorta The lower Mesenterick Artery hath also Veins for its associates before it is divided into the Iliac Branches ariseth the lower Mesenterick Artery near the Os Sacrum and is dispersed into the Colon seated in the Left Side and into the Intestinum rectum from its Origen to the Anus The lower Mesenterick Veins every where accompanying the Arteries do return the Blood toward the greater Branches of Veins and Right Ventricle of the Heart to make good the circulation of the Purple Liquor The lower Mesenterick Artery being dispersed in numerous Branches into the Intestinum rectum make the Internal Haemorrhoidal Arteries The Haemorhoidal Arteries are accompanied with Veins and are accompanied in the same Gut with fruitful devarications of Veins which being opened by the application of Leeches to the margent of the Anus the Spleen Kidneys and Mesentery are very much freed from gross Humours embodied with the Blood The Fluxes of the Haemorrhoides is very beneficial to nature because the internal Haemorrhoidal Vessels do arise out of the Trunk of Blood-vessels a little below the Splenick and emulgent Branches and so may divert the Blood in its course down the Descendent Trunk into the lower Mesenterick and Haemorrhoidal Vessels whose terminations being opened by Nature and the Blood being freely evacuated by Stool doth cure many Diseases which do proceed from the suppression of its wonted evacuation of which case Hypocrates giveth an account in his Sixth Section and Twelfth Aphorisme 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 If a long flux of Blood by the Haemorrhoides be cured An inveterate Flux of the Haemorrhoids is not to be Cured without Blood-letting unless one vein be kept open there is danger of an ensuing Dropsie or Consumption that is if the noisom humours be suppressed which nature is accustomed to discharge by the lower Mesenterick Artery called the internal Haemorrhoidal then the ill mass of Blood being transmitted by the Porta into the Liver doth pervert its Crasis and beget an Ascitis Or if a natural evacuation of ill Blood be stopped by Astringent Medicines in the external Haemorrhoidal Artery arising out of the Hypogastrick Branch the Blood hath a recourse by the external Haemorrhoidal Vein and by the Ascendent Trunk of the Cava and right Ventricle of the Heart into the Pulmonary Artery and Parenchyma of the Lungs whereupon the Blood consisting of saline and acid Particles doth easily Corrode the tender Compage of the Lungs and produce an Ulcer often determining in Death The Guts are not only endued with Arteries and Veins The Nerves of the Guts sprouting out of the Par Vagum but Nerves too as they are fine Contextures of most acute Sense integrated of numerous Filaments curiously interwoven which are derived from the eight pair of Nerves anciently called the Sixt and Par Vagum and from the intercostal Branch of Nerves constituting the middle Mesenterick Plex which Doctor Willis resembleth to the Sun sending forth various Fibrils as so many Rays into all regions of the Intestines The Guts do all claim a share in the origens of the Lacteal Vessels The origen of the Lacteal Vessels out of various Guts of which some are rooted in the Duodenum and very many in the Jejunum Ileon Colon and some few in the Rectum all which Guts are perforated by the Lacteae into their Cavities through which they receive the Alimentary Liquor when it is extracted and separated from the Faeces and first convey it to the Glands of the Mesentery and afterward to the common Receptacle Great variety of Glands may be discovered in the Intestines The Guts are beset with numerous Glands as Learned Doctor Grew hath well observed and after him industrious Pejerus some few small Glands are seated in the Duodenum and Jejunum and many more and greater toward the Extreamity of the Ileon near the
into the Guts wherein these serous parts of the Blood being highly enobled with its Volatil Saline and Sulphureous Particles endued with a subtle and active Constitution do insinuate themselves into Porous parts of the Alimentary Liquor and act it with a new Effervescence whereby it is very much Meliorated and improved conspicuous in the white dress of Chyle accompanied with new and more inward noble Dispositions The last and most excellent Ferment The fourth Ferment of the Guts is a Nervous Liquor belonging to the Concoctive Faculty of the Intestines is the Nervous Liquor taking its first rise from the Cortical Glands of the Brain and being received into the Extreamities of the Nervous Fibrils is thence transmitted through the various Processes of the Brain into the Intercostal Nerves and Par Vagum and afterward into the numerous Mesenterick Branches implanted into the Glands of the Intestines out of whose Terminations the Animal Liquor doth destil into the interstices of the Vessels appertaining to the Glands of the Guts wherein the Succus Nutricius associated with the more Albuminous parts of the Blood is conveyed through the Minute Pores of the Intestines into their Cavity wherein this noble Liquor impraegnated with Volatil Saline Particles and Animal Spirits inspired with Elastick Particles of Air doth embody it self with the Liquid parts of Meat not digested in the Stomach and thence thrown into the Guts whereupon the Chyle is very much hightned by the Volatil and Spirituous Particles of Nervous Liquor and rendred more fluid and fit for Motion into the Lacteal Vessels A now I will endeavour to give a more clear Discription of the Elaboration of Chyle in the Intestines The Concoction of the Chyle in the Guts how it is accomplished where the Contents of the Stomach moistned with Salival Liquor inspired with intraereal Particles in the Mouth are acted with Vital Heat flowing from the Blood of the Stomach and parts adjacent and impraegnated with Serous and Nervous Liquor whereby some Alimentary parts are extracted in the Ventricle and others pass confused with the crude Nourishment into the Guts where they encounter many other Ferments of Pancreatick Bilious Serous and Nervous Liquor whereupon the subject matter of Concoction consisting in its own nature of various Elements of which all mixed Bodies are composed is also improved by many different Ferments which being constituted of opposite Principles do make great Conflicts with each other and produce an Effervescence and intestine Motion as both the Contents of the Intestines and the divers Ferments confaederated with them are made up of different Salts and Sulphurs Acids and Alkalys some fixed and gross and others Volatil and Spirituous which are so many Combatants entring the List and fighting for Victory and the subdued and conquered Parties do at last close with each other in an amicable Converse Whereupon the Compage of the Aliment being opened and concocted in the Stomach and then transmitted to the Guts and farther Extracted and Colliquated by reason the disagreeing Alimentary parts being rendred Homogeneous do enter into Association as being ambitious to perfect and conserve each other and do quit the company of grosser parts disserviceable to Nutricion by a kind of Precipitation which is chiefly effected by Nitrous Particles of Air mixed with the Contents entertained in the Intestines which do enlarge their Dimensions produced by the Expansive Motion of Elastick Particles of Air Whereupon the Similar parts of the extracted Aliment have a liberty to enter into the interstices of the opened Contents and do there unite and assimilate with each other and do abandon the converse of the Excrementitious and Earthy parts which are protruded from one part of the Guts to the other by their Peristaltick Motion which at the same time impelleth the Extracted Chyle into the Extreamities of the Lacteal Vessels CHAP. XL. Of the Expulsive Faculty of the Guts NAture The Expulsive Faculty of the Guts rendreth our Life comfortable out of its great Care and Providence to Complace Man doth use all means and methods of Ease to speak his Life comfortable in the fruition of a quiet Repose whereupon the great Architect hath most wisely contrived fit instruments of Expulsion to gratifie His Creatures in the discharge of any offensive Matter The Liver and Pancreas do empty the troublesome Recrements of Bilious and Pancreatick Liquor by proper Excretory Ducts inward into the Duodenum and the Lymphaeducts their Lympha into the common Receptacle The Kidneys do exonerate their watry saline Faeces by the Ureters into the Bladder The Guts do free themselves from their load of gross Excrements by the Anus The Expulsive Faculty and Operation The first condition of the Expulsive Faculty of the Guts is to be endued with manifest Cavities commonly stiled the Peristaltick Motion requireth many Conditions as qualifications to accomplish its due natural Constitution The first is to be endued with manifest Cavities as Receptacles of the gross Faeces which Nature out of its prudence hath made Orbicular for the larger reception and the more easie evacuation of the Excrements which I as humbly conceive will more readily move in round Perforations The second Requisite The second requisite of the Peristaltick Motion of the Guts is to be pliable as membraneous adapted to the Peristaltick Motion is the Membranous nature of the Intestines which rendreth them soft and pliable fit for extension in the reception of Excrements and afterward for Contraction in order to their Expulsion when they grow troublesome to the tender Compage of the Intestines The third qualification of the Guts The third requisite rendreth the Guts sensible destined to their Peristaltick Motion is that they should be affected with Sense whereupon the inward Coat is a fine Contexture made of numerous Nervous Filaments to resent the burden of Excrements and to be a Remembrancer to the Expulsive Faculty to do its duty in throwing the troublesome Geusts out of Doors The fourth and chief instrument of Peristaltick Motion The fourth condition of the Peristaltick Motion are the Carnous Fibres are the Carnous Fibres dressing the second Coat of the Guts which are drawn into consent by the appulses of the Contents lodged in the Intestines first made upon the Nervous Coat which is a Monitor to the fleshy Fibres to act their part in contracting themselves and the Coat and Cavity of the Guts in order to eject Excrements The Expulsive Faculty is endued with divers kinds of Motion The expulsive power of the Guts hath various motions The first is regular from the origen of the Guts to the Anus The first is Natural which is performed by the regular motion of the Guts from their Origen toward their Termination beginning near the Pylorus in the Duodenum and then is carried to the Jejunum and Ileon and afterward into the Colon in which the motion is first made upward in the right side to the Liver and afterward horizontally under the
not wholly from the Succus Nutricius that the Lympha hath had some converse with Vital Liquor and not wholly derived from the Succus Nutricius as some Anatomists of great Note will have it Doctor Glysson formerly my worthy Friend and Collegue was somewhat inclining to this Opinion and saith That this Liquor is not Secerned from Blood by Percolation as formerly mixed with it but only Cursorily springeth from it by way of steams which by a kind of Destillation are condensed into watry Patricles about the sides of Fibrous and Membranous parts as you may read in 45. Cap. de Anat. Hepatis Arteriae Liquorem hunc minime egerunt tanquam humorem prius Commixtum ab illo ad colaturae normam separandum verum potius prout sors tulerit complures halitus a Fibrosis ac Membranosis partibus sistuntur inque bâ—morem lympidum sive aqueum condensantur And farther this learned Author addeth That this thin Transparent Liquor borroweth a greater consistence from the Nervous Juice And other learned Professors of our Faculty will not have the Arteries to contribute any thing to the production of Lympha but give it wholly to the Nerves which seemeth to be perplexed with great difficulties seeing the Liver is most eminent for Lymphaeducts in which a great source of Lympha is transmitted from its Conglomerated Glands by numerous Branches of Lymphaeducts resting upon the Divarications of the Porta and conveyed through the Mesentery into the common Receptacle which cannot solely proceed from the Nerves which are inserted very much into the Coat of the Liver and Capsula Communis of the Porta and some parts only do penetrate the substance of the Conglomerated Glands of this Bowel Whereupon Galen that great Ancient Anatomist calleth this Nerve the smallest in his 4th Book De Vsu Partium Chapter the Thirteenth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and giveth this reason of his Opinion 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 By reason the substance of the Liver requireth neither Sense nor Motion so that it seemeth somewhat improbable that Nerves endued with no manifest Cavities and most of them terminating into the Coat of the Liver and Capsula Communis of the Porta should convey a large quantity of Liquor into the Glands seated in the substance of the Liver The Lymphatick Liquor is chiefly derived from the Arteries seated in the Glands where the Lympha is percolated from the red Crassament and Crystalline Liquor So that I most humbly conceive it may be more easily believed That the Lymphatick Liquor for the most part springeth from the Extreamities of Arteries inserted into the Glands as the Colatories of Blood in the Liver in which the Red Crassament is streined from some part of its thin Crystalline Liquor the Exuberant part of Blood whose liquid Atomes holding a due proportion in Magnitude and Figure with the Orifices of the Lymphaeducts are received into their Extreamities implanted into the substance of the glands of the Liver which are furnished with a numerous company of Lymphaeducts branched over the Veins of the Porta fraught with a great quantity of limpid Liquor moving in a stream which cannot flow solely from the Nerves conveying a small proportion gliding with a soft Current between the narrow interstices of the Filaments integrating the body of Nerves which can contribute only some little matter toward the production of Lympha whose greater stock is imparted to the Lymphaeducts from the Recrements of the Crystalline and Serous Liquor of the Blood by the terminations of the Vena Porta implanted in the substance of the Glands Whereupon it may be inferred with great probability The Lympha is not a simple Liquor but compounded of the Recrement of the Succus Nutricius and Blood that the Lympha though a thin is not a pure Simple Liquor but Compounded of divers constituent parts secerned from the Succus Nutricius and Purple Latex of which the Nerves dispense the smallest part of it into the substance of the Conglomerated Glands for their Nutricion and the Recrements only being streined from the Nervous Liquor is transmitted into the Extreamities of the Lymphaeducts which do also receive a greater proportion of Serous Recrements from the Blood after the more refined parts are admitted by proper Pores and assimilated into the Coats of the Vessels and the milder and thin Faeces of the Blood improper for Nutricion is entertained into the Origens of the Lymphaeducts which is plainly demonstrable by the whitish yellowish and reddish Colours of the Lympha being so many Tinctures of the Succus Nutricius Bilious Particles and the red Crassament of the Blood which the Lymphatick Liquor lately borrowed from various Humours in the time of its association with them Having Discoursed the Colour Genealogy and Nature of the Lympha now according to our Method its Motion is tendred to our Notice The choicest Liquors are dispensed from the inward Recesses to the Confines of the Body and by greater and lesser Channels of Arteries and Nerves are at last landed in the most Minute Conglomerated Glands seated in the habit of the Body as so many Colatories of the Blood and Nervous Liquor when transmitted into their substance while their finer parts are received by well Configured Pores and assimilated into the Coats of the Vessels and afterward the thinner Serous Recrements are transmitted into the Origen of the Lymphaeducts appertaining to the Muscular parts The motion of the Lympha is much promoted by the motion of the Muscles by whose local and voluntary Motion the natural progress of the Lympha is much quickned and returned with haste from the Ambient parts and from the Jugular the Thyroeidaean and Axillary and other Glands seated above the Midriff into the Subclavian Veins in the Conglobated Glands of the Muscles seated below as the Inguinal and those of the lower Limbs and Apartiment the Lympha of the adjoyning Lymphaeducts is promoted by Muscular Motion from the Circumference to the Center to the common Receptacle Above all the parts the Conglomerated Glands of the Liver are the chief fountain of Lymphaeducts in whose substance a Secretion is made of a limpid serous Liquor into many fine Transparent Tubes divided as Learned Bartholâ—ne hath observed sometimes into Five or Seven The numerous Branches of the Lymphaeducts accompany the Vena Porta and other times into Twelve or Twenty Branches twining round the fruitful Divarications of the Porta like so many curled fine Membranous Cylinders in which is conveyed a large source of Lympha moving from the Liver downward in numerous Branches accompanying the Veins of the Porta The Lympha moveth from the Liver to the common Receptacle which is proved by an Experiment till they leave them toward the Loins and are united into one great Trunk terminating into the common Receptacle as a Cistern of the Lympha whose Motion is plainly seen by making a ligature upon the Lymphaeducts which are evidently swelled between the Liver and the Ligature and grow lank below
Arteries and Veins from the Emulgents or rather from the Trunks of the Aorta and Cava and Nerves in each side from the Par Vagum whose Branches derived from each side are conjoyned and make a Plex to which these Glands are fastned and do borrow many Fibrils from it Bartholine Bartholines's use of the Glands hath assigned these Glands to be Receptacles of Atribilarian Humours which being accidental and unnatural cannot be entertained by Nature into Cavities which are found in these Glands appertaining to Healthy Persons who have no use of them as not being affected with these gross Humours found only in ill habits of Body A Learned Physician is of an opinion That the Plex of Nerves The second use of the Succus Nutricius is carried into the body of these Glands doth import a large proportion of Succus Nutricius into the substance of these Glands wherein a Secretion is made of the more refined parts from the less pure which are in some kind serviceable to Nature whereupon they are discharged through many Pores into the Sinus and thence transmitted into the Emulgent or hollow Vein to give a Ferment to the Blood as I conceive to make a Secretion of its Recrements from the more vital parts A farther use as I suppose of these Glands confining on the Kidneys may be to impart a Fermentative Liquor flowing out of the Termination of the Nerves by some secret passages not yet discovered into the body of the Glands belonging to the Kidney to dispose the Blood in order to the the Secretion of the serous and saline parts from the Vital Liquor whose Compage may be opened and watry Particles conveyed into the Roots of the Urinary Ducts and from thence through the Papillary Caruncles into the Pelvis and Ureters CHAP. XXII Of the Kidneys HAving shewed you the Compage of the Liver as a Systeme composed principally of various Vessels and Glands the Colatories of the Blood in reference to Bilious Particles secerned and transmitted into the Excretory Ducts relating to the Bladder of Gall and Choledoch Duct My design at this time is to give a History of the Kidneys as Streiners too of the Blood which being depurated from its salt and watry parts is conveyed through the Excretories and Papillary Caruncles into the Pelvis and Ureters The Kidneys have their situation under the Liver in the right The situation of the Kidneys and Spleen in the left side and lean in their hinder region near the Spine on the sides of the Descendent Trunk of the Aorta and Ascendent of the Vena Cava and upon the originations of the Musculi called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by Hippocrates under which are lodged eminent Nerves which being compressed by a Stone of the Kidney a Stupor ariseth in the same side by reason the cause of the Nervous Liquor inspired with Animal Spirits is intercepted They are connected to the Loins and Diaphragme The connexion of the Kidneys by a common Integument springing out of the Rim of the Belly by the Branches of the Emulgent Arteries and Veins to the Trunk of the Aorta and Vena Cava and by the Ureters to the Bladder The right Kidney is tied to the blind Gut and now and then to the Liver the left Kidney is fastned to the Spleen and Colon from whence Nephritick pains receive an aggravation from store of Excrements lodged in the Colon and this Gut sympathizeth with the Kidney when oppressed with violent pain proceeding from the Stone grating its Vessels The Figure belonging to the Kidneys of Man The shape of the Kidneys have much affinity with that of other Animals Araeteus judgeth them to be like the Testicles from which as I conceive they differ in breadth and crookedness Ruffus conceiveth them to be round which is very imperfect and do more truly resemble in shape the Seeds of Mandrakes or Kidney-Beans though not exactly by reason the Beans are more short in length and round in point of Circumference The surface of the Kidneys The surface of the Kidneys is outwardly Convex and Crooked and more inwardly somewhat Concave near the ingress and egress of Arteries and Veins Their surface also is even in Persons of mature Age wherein all the Interstices of the Globules are filled up but in Embryo the Kidneys are rendred unequal in their Surface as they are composed of various Protuberancies different in Shape and Magnitude which seem to be so many Kidneys integrating the body of the Kidneys which much resemble the Kidneys of other Animals as Calves c. The Kidneys are clothed with a double Membrane The Membranes of the Kidneys the outward coat of the Kidneys the Exterior is loose as not affixed to the substance of these Bowels and may be stripped off without any great trouble and is therefore called Fascia Renum and taketh its origen from the Rim of the Belly about the lower region of the Midriff out of this Membrane many Fibres do sprout which tie both Kidneys to the Loins and Diaphragme and fasten the right Kidney to the Caecum and sometimes to the Liver and the left to the Spleen and Colon. The proper Membrane of these Bowels The proper Membrane of the Kidneys doth immediately encircle their substance and is very thin and is thought by a Learned Physician to be made of the Terminations of Vessels The texture of them uniting and expanding themselves into a Membrane but in truth is principally framed as I apprehend of numerous fine Fibres running several ways and Decussating each other till they form a curious Texture into which many Nerves do insert themselves which are propagated from the Mesenterick Plex originally derived from the Par Vagum and Intercostal Trunk These Nerves are carried further and implanted into the Ureters giving them acute Sense whereupon the Nerves of the Par Vagum being also inserted into the Coats of the Stomach are one main cause why the Stomach is drawn into consent clearly evidenced in Vomiting when the Ureters are Tortured in violent Nephritick Pains The Kidneys are seldom endued with equal Dimensions The Kidneys are unequal in Dimensions by reason the left Kidney doth somewhat exceed the right in greatness they are extended about three Vertebres of the Spine in length and three Transverse Fingers in breadth and a Thumb in thickness and are sometimes monstrous in bigness which hath been discovered in Lascivious Persons One had Kidneys half as big as a Mans Head So that Nature sporteth her self to admiration both in Magnitude Number and Figure of these parts of which divers Learned Physicians give most remarkable Instances The Kidneys are endued with a middle Colour The colour of the Kidneys between that of the Liver and Spleen as having not so bright a Red as the former and not so deep as the latter The Colour of this Bowel and all others as hued with Red proceedeth from a quantity of Blood impelled by the fruitful
Blood-vessels and learned Dr. Walter Needham hath seen a very great number of such Vessels in the Placenta of a Woman which he afterward discerned to be Arteries and Veins And on the other side this Learned Author saith it is manifest to Autopsy That these innumerable Fibres found in the Placenta of a Woman as often as they associate do make a greater Trunk which is constituted by many branches implanted into it which is the structure of Veins and Arteries but these Fibres being conjoined in a confused order do make Plexes resembling the rowls of Nerves and do approach the Veins and Arteries of the Placenta and twine about them and are affixed to them without any ingress into their substance and perhaps are framed by Nature to compress the Arteries The use of these Fibres to give a check to the overhasty motion of the Blood into the substance of the Placenta and perhaps another use of these Fibres may be to strengthen the tender substance of the Placenta to preserve it from Laceration in violent motions of the Body And I humbly conceive That there are many other small true Nervous Fibrils which are propagated from the Nerves of the Womb into the Placenta which is affected with sense in the violent motion of the Foetus and in great throwes in order to Paturition as Doctor Wharton conceiveth and have this use as I apprehend to transmit Nervous Liquor impregnated with Animal Spirits into the Glands of the Placenta wherein it confederates with the Chyme or milder particles of the Blood to prepare a Succus Nutricius to support the Foetus in reference to formation growth and nourishment The Placenta is fastned to divers regions of the Womb The connexion of the Placenta sometimes in the left part and othertimes in the right and now and then in the bottom of it and as the Placenta receiveth greater dimensions it is more firmly affixed to the Womb in the first Months and afterward when the Foetus is more and more enlarged and acquireth a due formation and perfection of all parts the fruit groweth ripe and then the Placenta may be more easily parted from the less firm embraces of the Womb as the Foetus is ready for the birth The use of the adhesion of the Placenta to the Womb The use of the fastning of the Placema to the Vterus is to keep the Foetus firm to its bosom where it is lodged as in a soft warm bed lest in great and overhasty motions and Girks of the Body the Foetus should be dislodged and excluded the confines of the Womb and Vagina Uteri before its due time of birth The second use of the Adhesion of the Placenta to the Womb is to hold an entercourse with it by mediation of Nerves Arteries and Veins fastning it to the inward surface of the Uterus The second use of the fastning the Placenta to the Vterus by the Nerves the Nervous Liquor is imported into the substance of the Glands and by the Arteries the Vital Juice is conveyed into them to give life heat and nourishment to the Foetus and the superfluous Blood is returned from the Glands of the Placenta into the Uterus and thence toward the Vena Cava in order to be transmitted into the Heart These uses of the adhesion of the Placenta to the Womb The first use of the Placenta The manner how the Nutricion of the Foetus is performed do lead us to the design of Nature in the formation of this useful part in reference to the preservation of the Foetus which is performed by the Spermatick and Hypogastrick Arteries propagated from the Womb and transmitting Blood into the glandulous substance of the Placenta wherein the Chymous and Albuminous parts are severed from the Purple Liquor The Nerves also do contribute much to this separation of the soft parts of the Blood by reason they convey an active Fermentative Liquor into the Glands of the Placenta where it meeteth with the Blood and openeth its Compage and assisteth the separation of the mild parts of the Blood from the more sharp which cannot be ministerial to the Nutricion of the Foetus and therefore they are returned by the extremities of the Veins implanted into the Glands of the Placenta into the Vterus and thence toward the Vena Cava and right Ventricle of the Heart Another use of the Placenta is to be a warm integument of the Foetus The second use of the Placenta and to give reception to the Umbilical Vessels consisting of two Arteries and one Hepatick Vein which dispense Blood from the Foetus into the Glands of the Hepar Uterinum wherein it meeteth with the Vital Liquor destilling out of the extremities of the Uterine Arteries and with the choice Liquor coming out of the terminations of the Nerves which exalteth the various confederated Blood coming from the Mother and the Foetus So that these various Liquors consisting of different Elements are endued with Fermentative dispositions which colliquate the Blood and sever the more mild parts from the red Crassament and constitute a sweet wheyish humor fit for the nutricion of the Foetus CHAP. XXVIII Of the Membranes encircling the Foetus THe Foetus is immured within many Coats The first Coat of the Foetus is fleshy or glandulous The second is Membranous The double Membrane of Chorion the most outward is fleshy or glandulous which I have already spoken of The second integument is the outward Membrane called the Chorion very thick and consisteth of a double Tunicle whose outward surface is uneven and rough and its inward smooth its exterior surface is convex lodged within the soft concave bosom of the Placenta and its interior region Concave embracing the outward surface of the Amnios and the humors contained in the other Membrane The figure of the Chorion is orbicular in Women The figure of the Chorion in Cunneys it resembleth the shape of a Kidney in Mares the inward surface is like a long Bag according to Dr. Harvey in Sheep Cows and other Cloven-footed beasts whose Uterus is divided it is shaped in the manner of a Wallet extended to both Horns and so filleth the whole Uterus in Cunneys Hares Dogs Cats Mice Rats and all Animals that have Teeth above and below have a Bipartite Vterus it doth furnish but some part of the Uterus The Foetus is covered in Woman for some Months with the Chorion The Foetus is first covered with the Chorion before the Placenta is formed as with an outward Coat and about the fourth Month a small downy substance appears through delineation of the Placenta which afterward groweth into a red glandulous substance encompassing with its Concave the convex surface of the Chorion The Chorion is a thick Coat consisting of a double Tunicle The Vessels are divaricated between the Coats of the Chorion between which are seated many divarications of Arteries and Veins derived from the Umbilical
Belly in the lowest and is destitute of it when it enters into the Viscera This Coat is of a Nervous constitution as integrated of many Nervous Fibres finely spun and curiously interwoven with each other after the manner of Network wrought in the inside The second Coat of the Arteries is affixed to this retiform Tunicle The second Coat of the Aorta and is a Membrane beset with numerous minute Glands overspreading its inward surface and is adorned in its upper side with a retiform plex of divaricated Fibrils this Tunicle as I conceive is propagated from the Coat investing the Heart to which it is continued The third Tunicle of the Arteries is more firm and thick The third is endued with many fleshy Fibres then the outward especially in the common Trunk of the Aorta conjoyned to the left Ventricle of the Heart that it might contain the hot spirituous thin blood immediately received from the left Ventricle without the dissipation of its Volatil Spirituous parts and as the Arteries are more distant from the Center of the Body they grow more thin and soft This Coat is furnished with many transverse or rather circular fleshy Fibres which are very conspicuous in the common Trunk of the Aorta relating to a great Beast Learned Rolfinchius conceived the substance of the Arteries to be wholly Membranous as not having any fleshy Fibres Lib. 6. Anatomes Cap. 4. Ait ille nos statuimus substantiam Arteriarum esse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Membraneam neque apte posse referri ad aliquam dictarum partium sed esse propriam sui generis similitudine tamen Coloris Crassitiei aemulari Cartilagines Fibrae in hac Arteriarum substantia non dantur propriè dictae but with deference to this worthy Author I humbly conceive this Conjecture opposeth Autopsie for we may easily discern the fleshy Fibres in the common Trunk of the Aorta when boiled Farthermore I apprehend that the fleshy Fibres of the Arteries may be clearly evinced by Reason because if the Arteries were not beset with Carnous Fibres when they are dilated by a great quantity of Blood in strong Pulsations they would remain in the same distended posture had they not a power to restore themselves to their former tone by the power of Fibres And I farther believe that the cause of an Aneurism that when the second Coat of the Arteries and its Fibres being broken the Blood hath a recourse to the outward Tunicle which being soft is easily distended whence ariseth oftentimes a large beating tumor The fourth Tunicle of the Arteries as Great Galen hath observed The fourth Coat of the Aorta is as it were a thin membranous Tunicle resembling a Spiders Web which is visible to a curious Eye making inspection into the inward recesses of the great Artery and seemeth to be the off-spring of the inward Tunicle investing the inside of the left Ventricle as being a continuation of that thin Coat This Tunicle is Membranous as composed of many Fibres of the same kind some of which being carried in length do intersect the annular fleshy Fibres according to right Angles As to the substance of the Arteries some hold it to be wholly Nervous Some hold the substance of Arteries to be wholly Nervous as being composed of many Fibres which cannot be the sole off-spring of Nerves by reason the Arteries are endued with little or no sense Others conceive the Compage of the Arteries to be Cartilagineous by reason many great Anatomists have found the Arteries near the Heart to be grisly and sometimes bony but this is preternatural and cannot be termed the true and proper substance of the Arteries which is chiefly made up of many Membranous Fibres endued with an obtuse sense and these Fibres are peculiar to the Coats of the Arteries and Veins and to no other Membranes relating to the Body The Arteries seem to have a double motion Diastole and Systole The Arteries have a double motion Systole and Diastole The first I humbly conceive is produced by the systole of the Heart highly contracting the Ventricles impelling the Blood out of the right Ventricle into the Pulmonary Artery and out of the left into the common Trunk of the Aorta and so into all Arteries but the manner how the pulsation of the Arteries is made in all parts of the body in the same instant is hard to be understood Learned Dr. Harvey expresseth it after this manner That the pulsation of Arteries is performed by the impulse of the Blood The manner of the Pulsation of the Arteries according to Dr. Harvey at the same time affecting all the Arteries as when an immission of Breath is made into the great cavity of a Glove at the same moment all the Fingers are distended In Lib. de Motu Cordis Cap. 35. Ait ille Denique Arteriarum Pulsum fieri ab impulsu sanguinis è Ventriculo sinistro eo pacto quo cum quis in Chirothecam inflat omnes digitos simul videt distendi Pulsum aemulari To which I make bold with the Great Author's leave to speak this Reply That the Simile of immission of Breath from the Hand to the Fingers doth not hold by reason the distance is very small between them so that the Breath may be immediately conveyed from one part to the other which cannot be so easily effected in the motion of the Blood from the left Chamber of the Heart into the Extremities of the Arteries which are seated at a great distance from each other Learned Diemerbroeck backeth this Hypothesis by a farther argument That the Blood being hot and thin as it is rarefied and easily moveable and thereupon may be impelled from the Heart into the Arteries filled with Blood Ait ille Anatomes Lib. 6. pag. 807 Sanguinem Arteriarum esse rarefactum calidum tenuem hinc facile mobilem eumque é Corde impelli in Arterias simili sanguine antea repletas unde pauxillum quid è Corde in Arteriam magnam propellitur mox ab illo pauxillo etiam necessario totum quod omnibus Arteriis inest simul propelli sicque omnes Arterias eodem tempore simul distendi si in Orbe stanneo vel Scutella deponatur circulus Globulorum Contiguorum unus eorum manu promoveatur seu impellatur ille proximum alter tertium sic deinceps omnes eodem momento promoventur impelluntur ita se habet in Arteriis in quibus una parte sanguinis mota moventur omnes This famous Author Illustrates the Motion of the Blood in the pulsation of the Artery by the motion of many Bullets put into a Vessel wherein one being moved all do move So that by this instance he concludeth that the Bullets move at once which seemeth to contradict Reason and Sense because though they be Contiguous yet they press one another forward by a successive motion and is done so quickly as it seemeth to be but a moment
others Art giving us to understand that their Arts consisting in the regular Analogy of Numbers may mutually well supply defects in Terms and Language So that the elegancy of the Face may be truly styled certain Numbers The elegancy of the Face disposed in excellent order a harmony of Parts united in a good decorum holding as well a good correspondence with each other as with the whole plainly evident because the best proportioned parts being severed from each other lose their former handsomness claiming nothing worthy our Love or Esteem but all the parts of the Face well framed and set together accomplish a perfect Systeme made by communion of parts with the whole beautified with the Symmetry of due proportions of well shaped Bones fitly tied together with proper ligaments and clothed with Flesh and Skin rarely enamelled with Veins Arteries and Nerves and the substance of the Face being plumped with vital and nervous Liquors raise the Muscles commending them to the amorous Beholder with admiration most conspicuous in the Face all other parts being smoothed with a kind of evenness and the countenance only is graced with as great as pleasant variety made up of many prominent and concave Particles full of Rises and Falls as kinds of little Hills and Dales seated in great order and decency observing lovely proportions and orderly distances one from another The different colours with which the well proportioned lines of the Face are embellished The Colours of the Face are as I conceive several models of Light arising from different dispositions seated in the Opace parts of the Face which having roughnesses of divers Figures cause various reflections of Light falling upon them and do constitute great variety of colours according to the different modes of Light The Face consisting of great unevennesses which may seem strange to a vulgar apprehension as exposed to a naked Eye which being assisted with a Microscope will easily discover many Prominencies and Cavities Rises and Falls in a Surface which otherwise would appear to be smooth so that many small protuberancies placed in the Cuticula and being of divers shapes some Round some Pyramidal Cylindrical Poliedrical and divers others from whence it may be probably conjectured may arise a great inequality and number of Shades Light allaied with various Shades is productive of different colours in a scarce sensible part of a Physical Surface of the Face which being mixed with Light thereby rendreth it variously modelled and being allaied with faint or deeper Shades produceth darker or brighter colours and therefore White is heightened with greater accessions of lucide Particles then Pale or Yellow and Black is deepened with stronger Shades then Brown or Red On this account Nature wisely draweth a shady Veil over the brighter lines of Light and making many refractions through different Mediums conveyeth it through the dark Chambers of the Eye to obscure its troublesome Lustre which else through its free access and brisker motion would make strong appulses upon the tender Fibrils of the Retina thereby weakening or for a time destroying the Sensory And now I have endeavoured to give you an account of Colours upon Mechanick principles as most obvious to Sense as it is ministerial to Reason That colours with which the Skin is beautified are different modes of Light depending upon the various dispositions of the Physical Surface of the Face derived from the different Schemes of greater or smaller more or less numerous Prominencies and more shallow or deeper Cavities producing brighter or fainter reflections of lucide Particles This Hypothesis may be illustrated by the famous instance of a Blind Man of which excellent Mr. Boile giveth a Narrative Colours discerned by Touch. which he first received from Sir John Finch of John Vermausen dwelling about the Mosel who falling blind upon the small Pox had so exact a Touch that he could thereby discern various colours one from another which he performed when divers Fillets Died with White Black Red Sky-colour Green Yellow and Grey were presented unto him he distinguishing one colour from another by his most accurate Sense of Feeling And when he was asked how he was able to discover these colours he replied he perceived their difference to arise from Asperities with which Black of all colours doth most abound affecting the Touch as if it were pricked with the points of Needles or some very hard Sand next to Black White succeedeth in roughness and after that Green then Grey in the next place Yellow in the Sixth place Sky-colour and in the last place Red as the most smooth of all colours And I do conceive he did not only distinguish the several Colours by the different degrees of roughness seated in the outward Surfaces of Bodies but also from the various Figures of their protuberancies and depth or shallowness of Cavities in which he might more easily satisfy his own curiosity though not explain it so clearly to another and therefore perhaps â—he forbore to give the later reason of discerning veariety of colours Furthermore I conceive the vital and animal Liquors Colours proceeding from various Liquors do contribute to the production of colours in the Face as some minute Particles do step out of the Extremities of the Vessels terminating in the inward part of the Cuticula and may thence in some part be transmitted into the Pores and substance of it whence it may receive different Tinctures from the various dispositions of Liquors as White from the purity of the Nervous Juyce or loose Particles White arising from nervous Liquor being commensurate in Shape and Magnitude to the pores of the Cuticula may easily insinuate into it making more or lesser extension of the Pores according to a greater or more sparing proportion received into them altering the Figure and Magnitude of the Pores and raising some part of the Surface of the Cuticula causeth many Asperities seated in the numerous minute Particles of the Cuticular Surface and being placed in several Positions some facing and others in opposite ways by which the beams of Light falling upon various prominencies are so disposed that they reflect the lucide Particles not inward toward each other but outward toward the eye of the Spectator And these many little Asperities and Particles of which the surface of the Cuticula is composed are as it were so many small Looking-Glasses as most ingenious Mr. Boile calleth them to reflect the innumerable Ideas of lucide Particles But next to White the most eminent colour of the Face is Red Red proceeding from Blood which proceedeth from being tinged with Blood impelled out of the extremities of the Arteries into the Cutis which as it is more or less Stagnant giveth a blush only or a deeper hue to the ambient parts of the Face and this Liquor exactly mixed with saline and sulphureous Particles entring into the secret passages and substance of the Cutis swells its Dimensions and augments its Prominencies and Cavities and
whence do issue many short Ducts terminating into the Caverns of the Nostrils The First Origens of these Vessels are seated somewhat different in Sheep Calves Hares Conveys which are not placed in the Margent of the Eye-lids but somewhat more inward and are found more deep in Birds in which they are larger then in any other Animals and are receptive of a Probe in the long Aperture of the Palate The Nose is designed by Nature for many uses The First use of the Nostrils the Principal to receive Air first into its Two Sinus and from thence somewhat of it is as I conceive transmitted through the Os Cribrosum into the Ventricles of the Brain and the greatest quantity one part still pressing another forward First into the Cavities of the Nostrils and then through the Foramina leading into the Mouth and afterward through the Larynx and Aspera Arteria into the Bronchia and their appendant Vesicles in order to Respiration The Second use of the Nose The Second use is to receive the Recrements of the vital and nervous Liquor which distil many ways from the Brain First through the Ventricles and Processus Mamillares and Os Ethmoides which straineth the serous Liquor and conveyeth it into the Cavities of the Nostrils and also these liquid Recrements as I conceive may slide down the Interstices seated between the coats of nervous Filaments into the Sinus of the Nostrils in order to bedew the inward Membrane of the Nostrils with Liquor which else would be somewhat dried and parched by the hot steams of the Blood impelled out of the Lungs and Aspera Arteria in Expiration into the Mouth and Nostrils Having given an account how the Recrements of the Animal Liquor an vented out of the Ventricles of the Brain through the Os Cribrosum and out of the extremities of the Nerves inserted into the Glands relating to the inward Membrane of the Nostrils where the purer part of the nervous Liquor is secerned from the impure which is carried through the excretory Vessels into the Cavities of the Nostrils It may not be amiss now to present you with Learned Sneiders Opinion Sneider's Opinion how the Faeces of the Blood are excerned through the terminations of the Arteries who supposeth the Blood to eject its Faeculency out of the extremities of the carotide Arteries through the Membrane of the Nostrils which he calleth Membranam anteriorm petuitariam which is very difficult to apprehend how a Secretion can be made of Faeculent from the more refined Particles of Blood through the terminations of the Arteries and not the purple Liquor it self to flow through them as in a Haemorrhage in the Nostrils But to salve this inconvenience the Learned Author maketh the minute Glands lining the inward Membrane to be Opercula vasorum whereby the extremities of the Arteries are closed This supposition if true may seem to check a Flux of Blood but the Glands as Opercula cannot sever one part of the Blood from another This may be performed by the Glands as Colatories as the Blood is impelled out of the terminations of the capillary carotide Arteries into the substance of the Glands and then the more pure Particles of the Blood may be returned by the Jugulars and the Recrements may be discharged through the excretory Vessels into the Cavities of the Nostrils Another use of the Nose may be to assist the Palate in modelling the Voice in the pronunciation of some Letters which thereupon are called Nasal And last of all The last use of the Nostrils the Nose is an Organ of Smelling in giving a reception to odorous Steams affecting the Air into its Sinus thereby making Appulses upon the inward Membrane of the Nostrils beset with numerous olfactory Nerves CHAP. III. Of Smelling THE Nostrils are a rare Apparatus The Nostrils are the Organ of Smelling as endued inward with a Membrane beset with many minute Fibres The manner of Smelling framed of a Bony and Cartilaginous substance immured with a White Skin to keep the Caverns open as so many Pipes receptive of Air whereupon they are not only an Organ of Breathing but of Smelling too as their inward Recesses are encircled with a fine Membrane made up of many nervous Fibrils derived from the first pair of Nerves of the Brain finely interwoven so that the Steams as various Effluxes of Bodies embodying with the Air do make several appulses upon the Fibrils seated in the inside of the Nostrils the proper instrument of Smelling Among the Nerves springing out of the Crura of the Medulla oblongata The Origen of the olfactory Nerves between the Corpora Striata and the Thalami nervorum opticorum the olfactory Nerves have the precedence and are vulgarly called the Mammillary Processes endued with a manifest Cavity and on each side behind the Corpora Striata have an aperture into the anterior Ventricle of the Brain so that these tender Nerves taking their Origen near the Corpora Striata are propagated forward near the Base of the Brain and accompanying the Mammillary Processes do afterward pass through the holes of the Os Cribrosum and emit many Fibrils into the fine Membrane investing the inside of the Nostrils running in many Maeanders The curious Organ of Smelling is composed of many Fibrils sprouting out of the Caudex of the olfactory Nerves rarely interwoven and interspersed with membranous Filaments filling up the Interstices of the olfactory Fibrils rendring them an entire Membrane The nervous Fibrils The olfactory Nerves in Fish the instruments of Smelling are more conspicuous in Fish and especially in Cartilagineous as Thornback Skait Fire-flaire having their Muscles severed from each other by many Cartilages in which they are reposed and guarded from outward accidents These Fish have a most admirable frame The ranks of olfactory Nerves are a contexture of Nerves in Fish not interspersed with a Membranous substance as in Man and other Animals made up of divers ranks of nervous Fibrils running transversly and originally sprouting out of the Caudex of olfactory Nerves passing the whole length of their rare Compage which may be clearly seen of themselves without any lining or interposition of a Membranous substance interspersing the Nostrils of Man and those of greater Animals The olfactory Nerves being distributed into numerous Fibrils framing a great part of the Membrane investing the inside of the Nostrils have a peculiar disposition qualifying them for the sense of Smelling The peculiar temper of the olfactory Nerves The relation between the Sensitive object and its faculty The object of Smelling are the Effluxes of Bodies consigned to the Pores of the Nerves as not agreeable to any other Nerves of the Brain which are not at all affected with fumide Exhalations making any impression upon them whereupon it is requisite that the sensitive Faculty and its object should hold a correspondence in a proper relation to each other by peculiar qualifications else no sensation can be exerted so that
which I conceive in some manner conduceth to the expansion of a Membrane which cleanseth the Eyes of many Animals thereby quickning the sight Rolfinchius hath discovered Vents passing out of the Glandula Lacrymalis into the Nostrils Ducts passing out of the Glandula Lacrymalis into the Nostrils which the Learned Author saith are so large in Calves that from thence may be transmitted a Brisle into the Cavity of the Nose The other Gland of the Eyes which is called the Superior and Anterior and sometimes the Greater is lodged in the smaller and outward angle of the Eye a little above the first common Suture of the upper Jaw about a rough chink where it helpeth partly to fill up the orbite of the Eye This Gland is three times as big as that of the inward Angle not perfectly round but somewhat broad and blackish and is endued with an imperfect Circular Figure as being unequal in its Perimeter This Gland in a Calf filleth up a great part of the upper region of the Eye whose Lymbus is divided into divers Lobes accompanied with many Excretory Ducts running between the Interstices of the indentments This Gland as well as that of the greater Angle The use of the Glands of the Eyes and those of the Eye-lids is accommodated with many Arteries derived from the Carotides and Veins from the Jugulars and Nerves from the second third fourth and eighth pair of Nerves Thus having given a brief description of the Glands relating to the Eyes and Lids it may not be amiss to speak somewhat of their uses The first and most common is to be Colatories of the most select Liquors of the whole Body of which the first being Vital is transmitted by the terminations of Carotide Capillary Arteries into the substance of the Glands appertaining to the Eyes and Lids and the Blood being refined is afterward returned by the Jugular Veins and the other Liquor is imparted by the extremities of Nervous Fibrils inserted into the body of the said Glands in which the Nervous Liquor being depurated the purer part is carried by Pores into the substance of the numerous Vessels while the recrement of the Nervous Liquor is carried into the origens of the Lymphaeducts or fometimes through the Excretory Vessels terminating near the Lymbus of the Eye-lids bedewing the surface of the Eyes with a shower of Tears which being exuberant do overflow the confines of the Eyes and drop down the Cheeks or else are diverted through more secret Channels leading into the Nostrils Having spoken somewhat of the neighbouring and ministerial parts of the Eye I will now come to its Integral parts The Figure of the Eye is round The Figure of the Eye as more fit for motion and may be well called a Globe in a lesser model springing from that greater of the Brain to which it is allied by the entercourse of Arteries Veins and Nerves which impart life nourishment sense and motion to the Eye which may be after a manner compared to a Bulbous Root united to the Earth by Fibres as the Eye is conjoyned to the Brain by Nervous Fibres and Vessels And the best instance among Bulbous Roots to represent the Eye is that of the Onion consisting of divers thin Coats enwrapped one within another wherein in some sort are resembled the various Membranes of the Eyes I will begin with the Ambient parts the Muscles and Membranes as the Circumference of this fine Globe and then of the Humors contained in the more inward recesses of the Eyes And here observing Natures Method The Muscles of the Eye I will treat first of the Muscles which are Six in number in Men and Seven in Beasts Four of them are named Recti quoniam rectis inserviunt motibus and equal as well in thickness as greatness and derive their beginning from the inward region of the bony allodgment of the Eye near the holes which give admission to the Optick Nerves and being carried under the Tunica Adnata do terminate into thin Tendons near the verge of the Cornea The first of the Muscles being contracted lifteth up the Eye †T. 15. F. 3. a a. and is called Superbus by which we speak our pride in Supercilious looks The first Muscle of the Eye is called Superbus The second is opposite to the Musculus superbus both in place and office as depressing the Eye and is named Humilis †T. 15. F. 3. c. The second is called humilis The third is Adductor because the Humble have an aspect downward attended with a modest bashfulness and respect The third Musculus Adductor †T. 25. F. 3. d. which draweth the Eye toward the inward angle and is stiled Musculus bibitorius the drinking Muscle wherein the sober person maketh his measures of drinking to gratifie his necessitous appetite whereas a Good Fellow with this Muscle indulgeth his Eye in the pleasant froliques of more free Cups The fourth right Muscle of the Eye called Abductor †T. 25. F. 3. e. turneth the Eye outward to the lesser Angle and is called Indignatorius the angry Muscle The fourth Muscle wherein we express our passion in a severe withdrawing our Eye to give check to any thing offending us Thus much of the Right Muscles I come now to the Oblique The fifth or less oblique Mâ—scle which are two of these the less in magnitude and lower in situation †T. 25. F. 3. f. borroweth its origen from the lower margent of the bony repository of the Eye climbing obliquely upward to the outward angle of the Eye-lid and terminates with a short Tendon near the verge of the Iris and in its contraction pulleth the Eye obliquely downward to its lesser Angle The other oblique Muscle of the Eye †F. 2. g. The sixth and larger oblique Muscle of the Eyes being the longer and upper hath the same beginning with the third right Muscle and entreth with a thin body into a Cartilaginous Pully and thence ascendeth obliquely to the upper region of the Eye and terminateth near the end of the Tendon of the oblique lower Muscle of the Eye and being assisted with its Pully turneth the Eye obliquely toward the inner corner These right oblique Muscles are truly termed Amatorii the Courting Muscles because with these Lovers Court their Mistresses with amorous Glances the attractive Prologues to more pleasant Scenes And the great end to which these oblique Muscles are designed is to enlarge the territories of the Sight which else without these Machines of Motion would be confined to a narrow compass as capable only to discern those Objects which directly face them But the Eyes with the concurrence of these Muscles display themselves upward and downward inward and outward to treat us in their different motions far and near with great variety of most pleasant prospects These Muscles are terminated into divers thin Tendons which are united into the determination of one expanded Membrane
different from the Uvea and all other Membranes of the Eye which are whole and entire Segments of their orbicular Surfaces but the Iris being perforated in its Center representeth a small Ring or Circle through which the visible Images of things arrayed with beams of Light are darted into the transparent humors of the Eye and at last make Appulses upon the Rotina The Pupil of the Eye †F. 25. F. 7. b. The Pupil of the Eye is a Perforation drilled through the middle of the Iris and is oblong or oval in Brutes but orbicular in Mean making a little Circle about the Center of the greater Circle of the Iris and is affected with various obscure motions whereby it is gently dilated and contracted according to the reception of the fainter or brighter Rays of Light The Pupil is supported as floating upon the watry Humor of the Eye and is enlarged as it approacheth nearer to the Cornea which is occasioned in shady places and early in the Morning and late in the Evening wherein the Pupil is dilated to give a freer reception to the more obscure beams of Light And as the Pupil maketh its retreat inward toward the aqueous Humor of the Eye it is recollected by narrowing it self to deny admission to the too troublesome address of the brighter beams into the chambers of the Eye And the Pupil is not only enlarged The various dimensions of the Pupil to give a free access to fainter and lessened to give a denial to over-bright Rays but with them to give a reception also to the visible resemblances of outward Objects the one near and the other remote while we view the nearer the Pupil is contracted and when we see the more remote it is dilated which is occasioned as I humbly conceive by reason the nearer object is presented to the Cornea and Pupil in a greater Cone whereupon the Pupil is contracted that the Rays of the greater Cone might be the more collected and formed in such a due proportion by the Coarctation of the Pupil and thence transmitted through the transparent to the more opace part of the Eye that the more obtuse Cone of the near object being reduced to a point by the contraction of the Pupil may make a more sensible Appulse upon the Retina But the greater distance of the other Object rendreth the Cone more acute whereupon the Pupil needeth no Contraction to lessen the Cone of the more distant Object The Dilatation and Contraction of the Pupil The motion of the Pupil according to a regular course of Nature are gentle and easy motions and if they be celebrated with too great force and quickness they offer a violence to the adjacent Membranes which being of most acute Sense are afflicted with pain in the over-hasty motion of the Pupil as it is very evident when we have conversed long in the dark and are exposed of a suddain to a radiant Sun-shine which being freely and suddainly darted through the enlarged Pupil it is immediately forced by a violent Contraction to give a stop to the immoderate incursion to the importunate Sun-beams whence ariseth a violent pain in the Eye The Pupil hath a different Magnitude as the circumference is greater in some and more narrow in others They whose Pupil is naturally dilated see more confusedly by reason the visible object is presented through a greater Perforation with an obtuse Cone which maketh a faint Appulse upon the Organ of vision But they on the other side have a more clear Sight who are endued with a less Pupil in which the Rays of Light enwrapping the visible Image of things passing through a small Foramen are more collected and united and presented in a point and being transmitted through the Diaphanous parts of the Eye at last make a more brisk Appulse upon the Retina And the Iris in several persons hath larger or more small Perforations making greater or less Circles in the Pupil of the Eye through which a more free or sparing proportion of Light is received into the transparent parts of the Eye whence ariseth variety of Sight They who are endued with a dilated Pupil see best in the Night and Shady places and are offended in the Day with bright Rays of Light which entring through a great Foramen of the Iris give disturbance to the more tender parts of the Eye confounding the Sight And they who have a narrow Pupil are less discomposed in the day with the bright beams of Light which being more sparingly entertained through a narrow circle of the Pupil give orderly and fair Appulses upon the Retina The Processus ciliares are so styled from resembling Hairs seated in the Limbus †T. 25. F. 7. cc. The Processus ciliares or Margent of the Eye-brows These rare Processes seem to represent so many Black lines drawn by Natures fine Pensil making as it were divers minute Shades in the transparent part of the Eye These Processes borrow their Origen from the inward Region of the Perimeter relating to the Uvea where it resteth upon the Crystalline Humor The Origen of the Precessus ciliares and are many minute Filaments or Fibres passing into and encircling the convex Surface of the Crystalline Humor tying it to the inward Surface of the Uvea and also these fine Processes do insinuate into the Retina Aranea and Hylaoides and being every way twined round the Crystalline Humor do form a kind of Ring bespotted with Black contiguous to the Uvea in its convex circumference and in its Concave to the Aranea with which it is encompassed as with a Girdle and then these curious Processes are like so many Rays displayed into the Tunicle of the Retina and Hylaoides which by the interposition of these Fibrils are so closely conjoyned that they cannot be separated without the laceration of each other The First use of the ciliary Processes So that as I conceive one use of the ciliary Processes may be as so many common Bonds of the Coats of the Eye keeping them as well as the Humors from starting out of their proper Sphaeres in the quick rowling motions of the Eye The Second use of the ciliary Processes Another Use may be consigned to these Processes to be as so many muscular Fibrils gently moving the Crystalline Humor upward and downward inward and outward toward the greater and less Canthus of the Eye by reason Objects presented to it some are near and others more distant some are placed before and others at the side of the Eye Whereupon the visory Rays displayed from these diversly seated Objects concurring in several places and points need different refractions that they be represented to the Retina in due order as Learned Dr. Highmore hath well observed Fibrae itaque hae Musculorum more se contrahendo relaxando Humorem Cristallinum cui inseruntur attollunt aut deprimunt donec radii ita refrangantur ut illorum concursus sit in eadem paratela in
purely Mathematical but most small Physical points as minute as can be imagined and that the most subtle Atomes of Light moving with a most wonderful quickness cannot be transmitted from a lucid Body through a transparent Medium at a great distance in a moment strictly taken but in a minute portion of time because we cannot apprehend any space of it to be so momentary but some Ray may stream from any Particle of a lucid Body into every point of the Medium by reason the Bases or Origens of these Rays Rays are infinite in number most minute in quantity and quick in motion constituting the lucid Body as far as we can conceive their quantity by Reason and Sense are infinite in number and most small in quantity and most agile in motion and that in every point of a lucid Body there are an innumerable company of lucid Atomes displaying themselves into all coasts of the Hemisphaere in a most short and almost imperceptible space of time but not in an instant rigorously taken which is very improbable if not impossible as supposing many minute Bodies of Light which implieth a contradiction that the Pores of a transparent Medium should receive an infinite company of Atomes of Light in the same instant This Hypothesis may be confirmed by many familiar Experiments and more especially by this This Hypothesis is confirmed by Experiment That in every place where the enlightened Object is seated directly opposite to a Looking-glass a number of subtle lucid Bodies are reflected from every point of it and conveyed to the Orbe of the Cornea the first transparent coat of the Eye Another Hypothesis belonging to Light is that its lines stream perpendicularly as they make an impulse through the porous parts of the Medium The various motion of lucid Rays in right lines either forth-right as in Opticks or in a retrograde course when it encounters an Opace Body affecting the Medium whereby the Rays of Light are reverberated into the contrary parts by reflection The Rays make their motion in right lines in a Homogeneous Medium and are reflected by an opace Body and refracted in Heterogeneous Mediums as in Catopticks or when they are inflected making different Angles in various transparent Mediums as in Dioptricks In a similar Medium not consisting of variety of parts as endued with several Magnitudes Figures or too much Density the Rays make their motion in a straight course as not encountring any Heterogeneous Particles indisposing the Medium Whereupon the streams of Light are not diverted from their proper Motion right forward by the opposition of some Opace Body in reference to reflection or in refraction made by greater or less degrees of Density in different transparent Mediums which is evident in the various Coats and Humors of the Eye through which the Rays of Light being trajected do make different Angles and either bend to or recede from the perpendicular so that the reflection of lucide Rays including Reflection or Refraction are made in the surface of a Medium either by the resistance of a solid Body not receptive of Light or by the less opposition of a transparent Medium wherein greater or less Angles of incidence and Refraction are formed as the Rays of Light are represented more or less obliquely through the Air to the Cornea or out of any other transparent Medium to another And this Inflection may happen as well in a plane Surface Rays make an inflection both in a Plane and Sphaerical Surface as a Sphaerical For instance let a Ray fall upon the outside of a Plane Looking-Glass at such a point through which Two right lines may be drawn so that the said lines falling upon one plane Surface What hinders the reflection of the Rays to be made in the same Plane And by the same reason a Reflection of innumerable Rays may be made in infinite points of a Plane Opace Body As also reflected Rays may display themselves into an Orbe Rays are diffused into an Orbe whereby all the adjacent parts are receptive of greater degrees of Light as the Beams are doubled by Reflection which are not mere Mathematical Lines but Bodies affected with all kinds of Dimensions and endued with the Figure of a Prisme or Cylinder according to the shape of the Body from whence they take their rise For the better illustration of this Hypothesis An Experiment to confirm this Hypothesis Suppose a Ray like a Parallelogram be represented to have its side applied to the Surface of the Glass while the other part of the Parallelogram is lifted up above the Plane of the Glass and recoileth in a direct progress from the said Plane And when Nature is not discomposed in its usual and proper course the Rays of Light do recede as little as may be from a straight stream to which they have a natural inclination If a Paralleledipe be Mathematically accounted for a right Line a reflected Ray also resembling it may be conceived to be a right Line and by the same reason if a Ray be endued with the Figure of a Right Cylinder such a one as streameth from a Sphaerical lucid Body it may be shewn to admit a Reflection coming straight from the Surface of a dark Body because a right Cylinder falling upon a Plane hath its Basis and Axis so placed that the Base doth touch the Plane of the Looking-glass and the rest of the body of the Cylinder is obliquely elevated above the Plane and a line being drawn from the Base of the Diameter doth obliquely intersect a line of the Axis whereupon it being carried through it and the Axis a Plane is made in the Cylinders so that through its sides two Planes may be conceived to be drawn parallel to the Axes touching the Cylinder Whereupon it may be made evident that the Duct of the whole Cylinder may be comprehended between Two Planes defining the reflection of the Ray between them and these Planes are right to the Plane of the Looking-glass so that the said Planes perpendicular to this touching the Cylinder run parallel to the Axis whereupon the same Planes become right to the Plane of the Looking-glass Hence it may be inferred that if the whole Radius be supposed to be a right Line its Reflection will be made as in a Surface direct to the Plane of the Glass These received Hypotheses or rather Maxims relating to Light are very conducive to the better understanding of Opticks as determining the progress of the inflected Rays of Light and the places of Images belonging to visible Objects and the discovery of Figures Magnitudes and the explication of the causes of their Phainomena as agreeable to Reason and Experience The motion of Light is made in a right Line Wherefore the Figure of a Prisme or Cylinder being Mathematically attributed to a Ray of Light is conceived to be impelled in a right Line as by a most simple motion most suitable to Nature
which taking their rise from within the Head and passing through the Meatus of the Skull do affect the innate Air which is acted sometimes with uniform othertimes with various and a Third way with continued or repeated Motions which beating upon the auditory Nerves derive their Birth from Vapours arising out of neighbouring parts It seemeth also evident that if the Ears be affected inwardly with Diseases that the Bombus internus Aurium is silenced by a vehement outward noise of the Membrane of the Tympanum which is effected as I conceive by the faint inward motion of the innate Air ceasing upon a new more vigorous motion super-induced which quieteth or at least confounds or obscures the other by over-powring it The innate undulating Air as new Radii are formed in it is conformed to the more lively configurations of the external Air First imprinted upon the outside of the Tunicle of the Tympanum and then the inside being contracted the same impressions are made upon the innate Air and afterward are transmitted to the Membrane covering the Coclea interspersed with many nervous Fibrils CHAP. XIX Of the Diseases of the Ear and its Cures THe Ear is a rare Compage made up of an outward Expansion endued with divers Flexures and a more inward passage and many little Bones Muscles Membranes Holes and Meanders beset with nervous Fibrils the immediate Organ of Hearing which is disordered with greater and less disaffections of the auditory Instruments productive of a lessened or abolished Function which is caused either originally by some defect of the Brain or by default of the Ear. A diminished The causes of a lessened or abolished Hearing or lost Hearing may proceed either from a cold and moist distemper of the Brain or by the Origen of the Nerves obstructed in the ambient parts of the Brain by some gross Humor lodged near the extremities of the Fibrils or by some extravasated Blood or Recrements compressing the beginning of the Nerves hindring the current of the animal Liquor and Spirits into the auditory Nerves which happeneth in an Apoplexy and other sleepy Diseases which are cured by bleeding Purging cephalick Julapes Powders Pills of which I intend to treat of more at large hereafter in the Therapeuticks belonging to the Diseases of the Brain The disaffections of Hearing are derived also from defect of the Ear The obstruction of the auditory passage either when the auditory passage is obstructed by Recrements or gross Humors or by any Tumor Abscess purulent Matter c. hindring the free reception of Sounds into the inward recesses of the Ear whereupon they cannot make brisk appulses upon the auditory Nerves whence proceedeth a dulness of Hearing This Disease is often cured by injections of Canary Sack The cure of the obstructed auditory passage and other cleansing Decoctions of a healing nature as also Fomentations may be applied to the Ear made of Centaury the less Marjoram Rue Bays and with the Flowers of Chamaemel Melilot Rosemary Lavender Mace and Cinamon boiled in equal parts of Water and White-wine added in the end of the Decoction out of which may be made a Suffitus received by a Tunnel into the entrance of the Ear which is conducive to the cure of the lessened or lost Hearing as the warm vapors of the Decoction do penetrate into the inward parts of the Ear and relieve the Tympanum and its Muscles and Nerves besetting the Coclea Instead of a Fomentation may be immitted into the auditory passage hot Bread prepared with Seeds of Caraway newly taken out of the Oven and moistned with new Balme made warm After a Fomentation Injection or Fume have heen admitted a little Cotton or Wooll may be put into the Ear mixed with Civet and some drops of the juyce of a rosted Onyon or Oil of bitter Almonds Rue or the like Sometimes the hearing is impaired by relaxation of the Tympanum The disaffection of Hearing caused by a relaxed Tympanum produced by a cold and moist distemper or when the Tympanum is not rendred Tense by reason the outward and the inward Muscle are so weakened that they cannot contract themselves and brace the Drum of the Ear to give a reception to the appulses of Sounds embodied with Air. Othertimes the Tympanum groweth thick The thickness of the Tympanum as incrassated with gross Recrements or by an unnaturl thick substance or by a double Membrane which hath been observed in some persons Little Insects are bred sometimes in the Cavity of the Ear which give a great trouble in their constant motion making a high discomposure and noise in the Ear These minute Animals are killed by the injection of bitter Medicines as juyce of Wormwood or Centaury the less into the Ear. The sense of Hearing is depraved by the noise of the Ear The Hearing is vitiated by noises within the Ear. and as the Eye the Organ of Sight ought to be destitute of all Colour that it may duely perceive variety of Colours as its proper Object Whereupon an Icterick Eye prepossessed with Yellow spoileth the Sight so unkindly Sounds lodged in the Ear The causes of a sound in the Ear. do hinder the perception of external Sounds and deprave the Sense of Hearing A Sound ariseth in the Ear by the violent motion of the innate Air which is gently moved when the Object is duely discerned by the influence of Sounds embodied with Air making soft appulses upon the Tympanum And the implanted Air is more vehemently moved by some unnatural cause which as I humbly conceive are Vapours and Wind which being endued with an Elastick disposition do strongly agitate the inward Air of the Ear and produce unnatural Sounds in the Ear disturbing the auditory Fibrils which may come from a vaporous mass of Blood transmitted by the corotide Artery to the instrument of Hearing which is very frequent in Hypocondriacal and Hysterick indispositions of Body This disaffection may also proceed from a purulent or sanious Matter and from pituitous Recrements out of which Vapours may arise giving a disturbance to the motion of the inward Air. Variety of unnatural Sounds are produced by the multitude or paucity by the thinness or grossness or by the Stone or violent motion of Vapours if they be crass and moved with a turbulent stream they seem to resemble the noise of rapid torrent of Water if the vapours be thin and be moved with quickness they make a hissing noise so that the greater or less proportion or more or less thinness or grossness and the violence or slowness of motion of Vapours are productive of variety of Sounds disaffecting the Organ of Hearing The cures of the noises proceeding from a hot and vaporous mass of Blood If this Disease be derived from a hot and spirituous indisposition of the Blood disaffecting the Ear it denoteth cooling and moistning Decoctions prepared with Barley Violets Lettice Water Lillies Seeds of Melons Pumpions White Poppy
the Third Month the Os Triangulare is partly bony and partly cartilaginous whose Particles interceding in diverse places the imperfect Bones do seem to make many which are not in truth many distinct Bones but parts belonging to one which is very conspicuous when the cartilaginous interpositions growing bony fill up the vacuities rendring the Os Triangulare one entire Bone to which after it is united accresceth a new Bone which may be styled Os Tricuspidale touching with one point the Os Triangulare and reaching the Two other toward the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 below about which may be also sometimes observed another Os Tricuspidale Two of its points acosting the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 do embrace them near their Origen and the Third tending toward the Os Sphenoides is not conjoyned to it This Bone in the divarication of its Sutures and Processes observeth no set method but sporteth in great variety The Ossa Temporum are seated on each side of the Head The situation of the Bones of the Temples of which the external parts are called Ossa Squammosa as being joyned after the manner of Scales to the under Bones which are called Ossa Petrosa by reason of their great hardness and are so thin in the middle that they seem transparent when exposed to a Candle The Processes of these Lines and in their upper part they resemble the Segment of a Circle and are adorned with divers Processes one of which and the most remarkable is composed of the Prominencies of Two Bones conjoned in an oblique Suture and its Posterior part being a Process of the Os Temporum is emitted toward the Face with a crooked Apophysis and by the conjunction of a Process with the upper Mandible doth constitute the Os Jugale †T. 46. F. 3. e e. wisely instituted by Nature for the defence of the temporal Muscle safely reposed under its Arch. From the inferior Region of these Bones are derived the Mammiforme Processes which being of a Pyramidal Figure begin with greater Bases and end into obtuse Angles From these Bones also arise Two smaller Processes or rather Appendices taking their Origens in less Bases then the other and terminate into more acute Angles The Ossa Petrosa are endowed with Three eminent Sinus one of them receiveth into its bosom the obtuse Process of the lower Mandible which is united to the Os Petrosum by a membranous Ligament The other being common to the Os Occipitis doth render inwardly hollow the back part of the Process belonging to the Os Petrosum The Third is the most useful and largest Sinus containing the auditory Nerve The Ossa Temporum are furnished with Five Perforations The Five Perforations of the Bones of the Temples the First is easily discernible in the Os Petrosum ordained by Nature for the conveyance of the Fifth pair of Nerves The Second Perforation is more large and unequal seated under the Processus Stiloides †T. 46. F. 3. d d. and transmitteth the greater Branch of the carotide Artery to the Brain by the Fifth hole of the Os Sphenoides The Third Perforation relating to the Os Temporum is also considerable and is common to the Occiput giving a passage to the irregular vein and the lesser branch of the carotide Artery and to the First pair of Nerves The Fourth Perforation hath its seat between the Processus Mammiformis and Styloides and transmitteth through a long Channel the harder branch of the Fifth pair of Nerves Having given a description of the Bones of the Temples The Origens of the Bones of the Temples I will make bold to shew the First origination of them which in the Two first Months of their imperfect production are araied with more soft attire of a membranous Compage as their ruder delineation tending to a bony substance In the Third Month the Processus Zygomaticus The Origen of the Processus Zygomaticus being an Appendix of the upper Mandible appeareth wholly concreted into Bone while all the other Bones of the Temples retain their Cartilaginous Nature except the Circle seated in the Os Petrosum to which the Membrane of the Tympanum is affixed which putteth on the substance of a Bone so finely spun that it is drawn out as small as minute Filaments The Processus Styloides is a Cartilaginous point lying along The Origen of the Processus Styloides and resting near the bony Circle and is erected long after its Birth and is afterward turned into a tender Bone In the Fourth Month the Os Squammosum may be discovered The Rudiment of the Os Squammosum and the Perforation of the Ear to be rendred bony after the manner of a Long unequal Line drawn out somewhat beyond the bony Circle CHAP. XXVII Of the Skulls of Beasts THe Skull of a Calf is enwrapped within Five Integuments The first covering of the Skull of a Calf The first is that of short Hair every way dressing the Skin of the Head as with a shady Vail The second covering is the Skin The second Integument which being the most thick and solid encircleth the Membrana Carnosa and is composed of many minute Glands besetting its inward parts accompanied with Excretory Ducts or numerous small Pores through which the hot steams of the Blood do transpire The third Coat of the Skull is the Membrana Carnosa The third Integument which is very thin in this place enclosing the fourth Integument of the Pericranium in its lower region to which it is fastned by many minute membranous Fibrils tying these Coats one to another and this covering of the Membrana Carnosa next in order as well as thickness to the Skin is endued with many fleshy Fibres which give strength to this Integument as well as motion which is found in other parts of the Membrana Carnosa in Beasts The fourth Coat is the Pericranium which immureth the Periostium in its inward circumference The fourth Coat and is made up of many Fibrils and small Nerves derived from the Dura Mater whereupon it is endued with an acute sense The fifth Integument of the Skull is a most thin Tunicle covering it as with a fine white Vail The fifth Covering and is made up of many most minute well spun and closely interwoven Filaments interspersed with small threads of Nerves rendring it of a quick sensation Having treated of the various Integuments of the Skull I come now to its more peculiar Compage which consisteth of two Tables The outward is more hard The outward Table of the Skull as glased with a white polished shining Surface The inward Table is more rough as having many small Furrows made by the neighbouring Vessels of the Dura Mater The second Table compressing it in its first production as being tender and membranous Between these Tables is lodged the Meditullium composed of a marrowy spongy substance The Meditullium of the Skull interspersed with many carnous Particles or
quale vena Cava intimi corporis regioni elargiatur ut sint Cisternae quaedam magnorum canalium instar ad quos minores venarum rivuli confluerent sanguinis copiam regerentes Atque eo nomine vasa illa ad domicilii hujus parietis abligavit Divinus ille Opifex ne intimi tenerrimique cerebri recessus copioso intumescentes sanguine nimia distentione lacerentur ne mitior delicata Spirituum Animalium aeconomia intestino sanguinis perfervidi motu exagitata functionibuus animae peragendis prorsus inepta redderetur The proper Blood-vessels †T. 46. F. 1. c c c. The Arteries of the Dura Menynx with which the Dura Mater is concerned are either Arteries the internal Carotides which import Blood into it and the internal Jugulars to export Blood from it As to the Arteries two of them of the same side before they arrive the Base of the Brain are dispersed into the Dura Menynx branching themselves principally into the Convex-Surface of the Membrane and some of them do insinuate themselves between the Tables and Sutures of the Skull terminating into the Periosteum and Pericranium the finer vails that every way externally invest it And as to the Veins The Veins of the Dura Menynx they export Blood from the Membrane and carry it into the descendent Trunk of the Cava and so into the Right Ventricle of the Heart The Dura Mater is furnished as above described with Four eminent Cavities and many Branches dispersed through the Membranes and substance of the Brain as those more spacious and venous Receptacles and so many lakes into which Veins the smaller Rivulets discharge their Purple Liquor so that the Office to which these Sinus are consigned is to serve the Veins as so many greater Chanels to reconvey Blood from the Membranes and several regions of the Brain to the Jugulars seated below it The upper Sinus which by reason of its situation and greatness might be truly styled the First but is called by the Antients the Third which I will observe in respect to Antiquity and for distinction sake receiveth Blood immediately from the Veins of the upper part of the Dura Mater The manner how the Blood is conveyed out of the Dura Mater into the Sinus and the Brain and thence conveyeth it into the lateral Sinus which being seated near the First Bone of the Occiput and passing up obliquely to the Apex of the Cerebellum receiveth Blood from it and the hinder part of the Brain by the interposition of the Veins The Fourth Sinus extending it self between the Cerebrum and Cerebellum to the Nates and Glandula Pinealis toward the Base of the Brain receiveth Blood from the inward Recesses and all the adjacent parts of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum so that the upper and lower and lateral Sinus unite themselves in one called the Torcular in which two cross ways of the upper lower and lateral Sinus do meet and hold an intimate correspondence with each other in this common center and the several streams of Blood run upward and downward into the Torcular and from thence are transmitted laterally into the First and Second Sinus making little trenches cross the Occiput when it was tender in its first rudiment and are from thence conveyed to the bottom of the Brain to a common Receptacle as a kind of Lake whence it is exonerated into the Jugulars which are carried in Two Perforations made fit for them through the Os Petrosum As to the Functions of the Dura Menynx Some think the motion of the Dura Mater is akin to that of the Hearâ—t they consist in Sense and various Motions which may be styled Natural or Violent the First some fancy to be a kind of Systole or Diastole Analogous to that of the Heart proceeding from its carnous Fibres irritated by the quantity of Blood which afterward is impelled through the Aorta into the carotide Arteries seated in the Dura Menynx which being acted with frequent vibrations do affect this Membrane by consequence with alternate Motions and Relaxations following these of the Arteries which do by their repeated pulsations draw the Membrane into consent by making impressions in its adjacent parts whereupon the Dura Menynx is not acted with a natural primary Motion flowing from the peculiar contexture of its Fibres but only agitated with an accidental Concussion externally forced by the pulsation of the Arteries And before we quit the Treating of this Coat The pains of the Head it may be worth our disquisition with what Sense and farther Motion it is endued and to its more acute Sensation the most fierce pains of the Head are consigned but after what manner they are produced is not so easily understood A cause of the pain of the Head proceeding from sharp Fumes of the Stomach It is vulgarly received that sharp Fumes mounting up from the Bowels of the lowest Apartiment chiefly from the Hypoconders Womb and Stomach do strike this Membrane torturing it with grievous pains this may quickly be said but is not so easily made out by reason it is difficult to apprehend how these vapours should arise out of the lower parts of the Stomach and Gulet and pass through the Palate and penetrate the thick Wall of the Os Cuneiforme before they can land at the Dura Menynx and affect it with importunate Sensation The pain of the Head But I conceive it may be more probably asserted that the Dura Mater may have sharp contests arising from the troublesome Steams of the Blood fermenting within the Brain confining on the Dura Mater These vapours may be gathered as it were into a cloud blowing it up with great distention offering great violence to the curious frame of nervous Fibres full of most acute Sense And it hath been often discovered the Skull having been taken off not long after death that the Dura Menynx hath been blown up like a Bladder and rendred transparent as it seemed to be swelled with much Water contained within it which was afterward discovered to proceed from Wind making an inflation in the Membrane which being Launced the Swelling immediately vanished without the effusion of any Liquor And this Membrane is not only obnoxious to great pains Convulsive motions of the Dura Menynx but also suffereth Convulsive motions caused by a quantity of inflamed Blood running in the substance of it producing sometimes vertiginous indispositions and the Falling Sickness caused by a malignant quality of the Blood and Animal Liquor highly disaffecting the Dura Mater till its nervous Fibres are severely tortured with Concussions Contractions which also draw the Nerves into consent seated in the Muscular parts so that the Limbs are distorted with violent Motions which proceed originally from the Convulsive Vibrations of the nervous Fibres relating to the Dura Menynx but I refer the Treating of this unkindly Sensation and Motion of the Dura Menynx to the Cephalalgia where I intend to discourse more largely of
Blood being impelled through the pulmonary Artery into the substance of the Lungs where as I humbly conceive it receiveth the Tincture of a Liquor distilling out of the nervous Fibres implanted into the Bronchia Vesicles and Coats of the Arteries of the Lungs and afterward the Blood being meliotated with nervous Liquor is received into the extremities of the pulmonary Veins and transmitted into the Left Ventricle of the Heart wherein it is farther hightened by a Juyce coming out of the Fibres ending into the inward Coat of the Left Sinus from whence it is thrown first into the common and then into the ascendent Trunk of the Aorta whose outward Coat is encircled with many divarications of Nerves inserted into the inward Recesses of this great Artery so that the Blood passing through it and the carotide Arteries is embodied with a choice Liquor dropping out of the terminations of nervous Fibrils and afterward imported into the Cortex of the Brain as a Systeme of many small Glands in which is made a percolation of the vital Liquor by severing the more mild part from the Red Crassament This gentle Liquor is exalted by the volatil Salt of the Brain and is mixed with nitrous elastick Particles of Air First imparted to the Blood in the Lungs and afterward conveyed with it through the Heart and the ascendent Trunk and carotide Arteries into the Cortex into which also the Air received by the Nostrils is carried through the Os spongiosum into the Ventricles of the Brain and through the porous parts of various Processes into the ambient parts of the Brain where the Air embodieth with the serous parts of the Blood secerned from the Purple Liquor in the substance of the Cortical Glands and highly improveth it with its active nitrous elastick Particles very much enobled with aethereal minute Bodies derived from the Caelestial Influxes of the Sun and other Planets so that this exalted spirituous Liquor is first generated in the Cortex of the Brain from whence it is transmitted into the Origens of numerous Fibrils taking their rise in the Cortical Glands and afterward propagated by many minute Fibres through the various Processes of the Brain to the Trunks of the Nerves First appearing about the Medulla oblongata and then the Animal Liquor is carried between the Filaments of greater and less branches of Nerves into all parts of the Body to give them Sense Motion and Nourishment of which I intend now to give a brief account The Parenâ—hyma of the Viscera and Muscular Parts chiefly made up of greater and smaller Vessels consisting of Trunks and many Branches Ramulets and Capillaries of Blood-vessels and Plexes and Fibres of Nerves Lymphaeducts and also Membranes which are fine Contextures composed for the most part of numerous Fibrils curiously interwoven interspersed with many Branches of various Sanguiducts The Blood is impelled out of the terminations of the Arteries The manner how Nutrition is performed into the spaces running between the Vessels wherein its more mild and cristalline part embodies with a fine Liquor distilling out of the extremities of the Nerves so that the greatest part of the Blood being mixed with the nervous Juyce in the Interstices of the Vessels insinuates it self through the minute Pores of the Coats relating to the Vessels and Fibres of Membranes so that the Atomes of the Succus nutricius agreeing in shape and size with the Pores of the Coats of the Vessels and other Membranes is carried into their most inward Recesses where it groweth more solid and by a kind of accretion uniteth it self to the body of the Vessels and Membranes and becometh one entire substance with them which is called Assimilation chiefly acted by nervous Liquor inspiring the serous parts of the Blood with Animal Spirits giving a power to the Succus nutricius fitly to accresce and configure it self to the unequal inward surfaces of the lank solid parts by replenishing their spaces rendred empty by the heat of the Blood opening the Pores of the Body and breathing out constant Effluvia CHAP. XXXVIII Of the Animal Spirits HAving Treated of the Animal Liquor I deem it methodical to give you an account of the Animal Spirits the more refined Particles of the nervous Juyce generated in the Cortex And indeed nothing I think conduceth more to the knowledge of the admirable Fabrick and use of the Cortex and all other Processes of the Brain then in some sort to be master of the subtle notion of the Animal Spirits These great Ministers of State by which the Souls Glorious Empress of this Microcosme giveth her Commands to the rational Function as the more noble and to the Sensitive as her meaner Subjects That we may more methodically proceed in the curious scrutiny of the intricate Nature of the Animal Spirits The parts of this Discourse relating to the Animal Spirits I make bold to propound these Five Remarkables to you The place of the Brain wherein they are conceived The Matter of which they are generated The manner how they are propagated The Subject in which they reside and act and the uses of them As to the place in which they have their first Conception The seat of the Animal Spirits there is a great controversy among the Masters of our Art some placing it in the Plexus Choroeides others in the Ventricles a Third in the Glandula Pinealis A Fourth in the external Arteries And a Fifth in the substance of the Brain Galenus sanguinem e corde prolatum The seat of the production of Animal Spirits is the Rete Mirabile according to Galen in reti mirabili fieri animalem asserit e quo effundatur in Ventriculos This minute Plexe of the Rete mirabile cannot furnish Blood enough it being composed of small Carotides to supply the Brain with so large a proportion of Animal Spirits as are requisite to irradiate the great Orb of the Brain and the numerous Nerves springing out of it Other eminent Physitians place it in the Plexus Choroeides Others place it in the Plexus Choroiedes conceiving the Animal Spirits to be elaborated in it which if true doth suppose a separation of the serous parts of the Blood producing the Animal Spirits from the Red Crassament but the contrary is very evident to Sense and Incision being made into the Plexus Choroeides Blood immediately gusheth out tinged with a perfect Red no way inclining to an Albuminous Colour the true hue of the nervous Liquor plainly discernible in the substance of the Brain of Fishes and Birds whose Brains upon Incision are bedewed freely with Animal Juyces distilling out of the wounded Fibrils of the Brain Regius Others place their Generation in the Ventricles of the Brain Mercatus Laurentius Riolanus and many Arabian Physitians place the generation of the Animal Spirits in the Ventricles those meaner chambers of the Brain Laurentius speaking of the Animal Spirits Fit itaque in plexibus tantum praeparatio in ventriculis
Brachia of the Fornix embrace its Crura †T. 48. k k. The Medulla oblongata is of very great use by reason of the Olfactory and Ocular Nerves the Animastick Motory and Pathetick as also the Par Vagum take their rise immediately from it And the fifth sixth and seventh pair of Nerves from the Annular Process affixed to the Medulla oblongata which is derived from the Corpora Striata as its first Origen after which the Crura of this Medulla proceeding apart a little space do afterward coalesce into one Trunk composed of two Branches which being conjoyned do make the Caudex of the Medulla oblongata whose whole progress both before and after the union of its Crura is adorned with divers Appendages and Protuberancies and insertions of Vessels which come out of all Regions the top and bottom and sides of this noble Process Thalami Neivorum Opticorum whereupon its Surface is rendred uneven with variety of Processes and productions of Vessels Near the Corpora Striata are seated the Thalami nervorum Opticorum †T. 49. ae ae †T. 49. F. F. The rise of the Optick Nerves and are appendant to the Medulla oblongata where its Crura do make unequal Prominencies out of whose little Mounts do arise the Optick Nerves and from thence bending forward in their circumference and being carried somewhat downward are conjoyned about the lower Region of the Medulla oblongata and afterward parting again do make their progress toward the Orbite of the Eye as Dr. Willis hath well observed And hereabouts the Medulla oblongata hath its Crura divided in Man between which a kind of space or Fissure may be found which hath an Aperture bending downward toward the Infundibulum From the same Protuberancies from whence the Optick Nerves do derive their Origens certain Medullary Processes do arise and being carried on each side upon the brim of the second Hole do unite about the Root of the Glandula Pinealis these Processes Renowned Dr. Cartes conceived to be Nerves relating to the said Gland but it is more probable that by these productions the Optick Nerves hold a mutual correspondence near their Originations The Natiform †T. 49. d d. and Testiform Protuberancies †49. e e. are endued with a kind of Orbicular or Oval Figure and are so styled because they seem though in a lesser Model to resemble the shape of the Nates and Testes of a Man Some Anatomists make these continued parts of the Brain but I conceive them more truly Processes severed from the Brain by proper Membranes and appended to the Medulla oblongata The Natiform Processes do somewhat exceed the other in dimensions The Natiform are larger then the Testiform Processes but the difference is more conspicuous in other Animals then in Man because they appear larger in Hogs Sheep Calves c. And are not at all to be found in Birds and Fish These four Orbicular Prominencies are encircled with peculiar Membranes The coverings of the Natiform and Testiform Processes propagated from the Pia Mater by which they are divided from the other Processes of the Brain and are seated between the anterior region of the Cerebellum and the posterior part of the third Ventricle and do accresce to the upper region of the Caudex of the Medulla oblongata which these Processes do cover about an inch and are not contiguous to the Surface of it in the middle because there passeth a Cavity under them during their whole progress they have with the Medulla oblongata The substance of these Processes in a Man The Colours of the inward Protuberancies Dogs and Catts seem to be beautified with a whitish Colour like the Medulla oblongata but according to Vesalius it inclineth to Yellow But these Protuberancies in Calves Sheep and Horses are somewhat different from other parts of the Brain as affected with a kind of Flesh Colour which I conceive proceedeth from their thin Membranes overspred with numerous branches of Blood-vessels But if you divest these Prominencies of their fine Membranes their more inward substance seemeth to be hued with a Yellowish Colour much different from that of the Medulla oblongata Some Anatomists are of an opinion Some Physitians conceive the Natiform and Testiform Processes to be the Origens of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum that those round Protuberancies are the Origens of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum which being conjoyned to them as so many Crura to which on each side they are appended And these Processes leaning to and being afterward united they conceive they constitute the Medulla oblongata But this Conjecture as I humbly conceive hath more of Fancy then Truth by reason the Brain is conjoyned to the Medulla oblongata in other places before and without these round Processes by whose mediation the Brain and Cerebellum hold no great intercourse as being severed from each other by distinct Coats So that if we seriously consider their situation and position in reference to the neighbouring parts we may plainly perceive these minute Orbs do challenge to themselves peculiar Territories distinct from the Cerebrum Cerebellum and Medulla oblongata and these Processes are confined within proper Membranes as so many distinct boundaries and are parted from the Trunk of the Medulla oblongata by a Cavity running under the Natiform and Testiform Processes As to the use of these Prominencies The use of the Natiform and Testiform Processes Learned Bauhinus saith That they are designed as so many Pillars to support the loose Compage of the Brain lest the passages leading out of the third into the fourth Ventricle should be compressed and the motion of the Animal Spirits intercepted But with deference to this Learned Author I humbly conceive this opinion is grounded upon a double improbability First these small Processes are a more solid substance then the other parts of the Brain which may be easily refuted by Sense And the second improbability supposing the Animal Spirits to be generated in the Ventricles which cannot be granted in reason because the Animal Spirits being of a thin and volatil Ingeny if they had so large Chambers as the Ventricles to converse in would soon take their flight out of their Territories and associate with the ambient Air. Dr. Willis assigneth another use to these round Protuberancies The second use of the Natiform and Testiform Processes That the Animal Spirits by the mediation of divers Medullary Processes might have an entercourse with the Brain and Cerebellum And the Animal Spirits are associated and as it were embodied in this double pair of Processes before they are imparted to and converse with the neighbouring parts According to the Learned Author Ait ille via propria sive processus unus è Medulla oblongata in has prominentias ducere atque alias ab iisdem abducere illac in Cerebellum deferri videtur hinc suspicari licet quod Prominenciae illae presertim
of the whole Brain into its lower region perforating its Surface and Coats expatiate into the Organs of Sense and adjacent Muscular parts So that every Nerve may be styled as I apprehend a System of many slender nervous Filaments tied together by many thin Membranes The description of a Nerve having in their inmost Recesses a kind of Medullary pulpy substance a continuation of the Medulla of the Brain propagated along the inmost parts of the Nerves which is most conspicuous in the Nerves before they perforate the Skull and most eminent in the Nerves of Fishes which I have seen emitted out of their small Brains not filling the Cavities of their Skulls have thereupon longer Nerves within especially the Olfactory big within the Skull with a White Medullary substance which is the same with that of the Brain in colour and consistence It is the opinion of many Learned Anatomists The treble substance of the Nerves that the Nerves are compounded of a treble substance of an outward and inward Coat encompassing a third more tender pulpy substance the exterior Coat as they say is derived from the Dura Mater the interior from the Pia encircling and securing the inmost Medulla propagated from the Brain it self To which I take the boldness to give this reply That every Nerve is not only endued with a brace of Membranes but if well considered with more numerous thin Filaments making up the body of the Nerves which may be clearly demonstrated in Dissection because every Nerve being a bundle of many Fibres immediately communicated to it from the Medulla oblongata which is a composition of innumerable minute nervous Fibrils either transmitted from the inmost Recesses to the confines of the Medulla Spinalis or conjoyned in particular Bodies made up of many thin Coats emitted from the upper and middle Regions of the Brain to the Medulla oblongata and thence creeping through the Coats invest the Base of the Brain And these fruitful Filaments A soft tender substance is seated in the Center of the Nerves framing the greatest part of the Trunk of the Nerve involve in their Center a soft tender substance issuing out from and continued to the Brain Having touched upon the Nerves arising out of the Medulla oblongata in a general notice come we now to a more particular survey of them which are in number Ten Pair according to Dr. Willis and other Learned Modern Anatomists The first pair of Nerves called Olfactory having a double origination †48. n n. derive themselves from the Crura Medullae oblongatae between the Corpora striata and the Thalami Nervorum Opticorum are Branches of Nerves coming from the Medulla oblongata and making their progress near the Processus Mammillares do pass through the Os Crebriforme into the Membrane of the Nostrils and are the instruments of Smelling taking their rise in a great part from the Fifth pair of Nerves The Mammillary Processes and are not truly the Processus Mammillares so denominated from their Figure being two white soft oblong Processes terminating into a bulbous Form in which they may seem somewhat to resemble Humane Paps and have their Origen from the anterior Ventricles of the Brain and not from the Crura of the Medulla oblongata on which they hang loosely and from thence being afterward transmitted toward the circumference of the Brain are invested with the Pia Meninx and being carried between the Brain and the Os Sphaenoeidis and Frontis are covered at last with the Dura Mater and are parted one from another by the intercession of the bony Process called Crista galli These Mammillary Processes are endued with Performations terminating into the anterior Ventricles of the Brain The persoration of the Mammillary Processes clearly demonstrated by the injection of Breath into them through a small Pipe thence conveying Air into the Ventricles which cause the Brain to be tumefied The Cavities of these Processes are so small in Man that they are scarce discoverable unless a Dissection be made presently after death but in Sheep and Calves the round Cavities are much larger and very conspicuous being often found turgid with Limpid Water And in Birds the Cavities of the Mammillary Processes are extended to the Roots of their Bills These Mammillary Processes cannot be truly accounted Nerves The Mammillary Processes cannot be truly called Nerves by reason they are not constituted as the Nerves are of many Filaments mutually conjoyned by thin Membranes but are only Processes of the Brain made up of a Cortex and a Medullary substance deriving themselves not as Nerves from the Medulla oblongata but from the anterior Ventricle of the Brain and are not at all fixed to the Base of it Again These Processes are not emitted through the Dura Mater and Cranium into the Nostrils the immediate Organs of Smelling And lastly The Cavities of the Mammillary Processes they have manifest Cavities with which Nerves are not accommodated they having only intermedial Spaces running between their Filaments whereupon I humbly conceive these Mammillary Processes having manifest Cavities are not Nerves but have Excretory Ducts through which the serous Recrements of the Brain destilling out of the numerous Glands appendant to the Plexus Choroeides into the anterior Chambers of the Brain and are thence discharged through the Pores of the Dura Mater and minute Cavities of the Os Ethmoeides as a Colatory into the Red spongy Flesh of the Nostrils and the purer part impregnated with Saline Particles of the Brain is thence conveyed into the Mouth and mixed with the Masticated Aliment as a preparatory Menstruum the better to dissolve it and to assist the Precipitation of the Faeces from the Alimentary Liquor in the Stomach A Learned Anatomist conceiveth that the mucous Matter destilling down the Cavities of the Nostrils is communicated by the Nerves transmitted from the Brain into the Glands seated in the Nose and thence dropping The serous Liquor of the Brain cometh from the Nerves as some will have it The Recrements of the Brain destill out of the Choroidal Glands is evacuated by the Nostrils But I deem it more probable that the greater part of the Serous Liquor flowing out of the Choroeidal Glands into the anterior Ventricles of the Brain is the great Fond of the mucous Matter passing from the Mammillary Processes and thence streined through the Colatory Bone into the Channels of the Nostrils For the farther illustration and probation of this Hypothesis I conceive it fit to add some Pathological instances Mr. Maxwell a Gentleman of the Court often laboured under great Heaviness of the Head and Cephalick pains and upon frequent taking of Sniff producing great Sneecings had free evacuations of Serous Liquor squeeced out of the Ventricles of the Brain destilling through the Os Ethmoeides into the Caverns of the Nostrils which hath perfectly freed him as he hath told me from the dullness and pain of his Head A Maid formerly living in London
the same manner I conceive the Nerves are divaricated in most Fish In a Skate they arise out of the Apices of the Pyriform The rise of the Olfactory Nerves in a Skate being the First Processes and make their progress obliquely crossways toward the inward Orbite of the Eyes and then perforate the Skull and afterward arrive the Organs of Smelling and thence creeping all along make a round ridge on the Surfaces of them These Organs of Smelling are lodged without the Skull near the Mouth in a cartilaginous Cavity exactly fitted to them they are of a Convex Figure above and Concave below and are a System of semicircular Filaments †T. 61. F. 1. m m. rarely disposed in regular ranks observing an aequidistance one from another sprouting on each side of the nervous Caudex to which they are fastened running all the length of the Glands do make diverse segments of a circle whose Interstices are filled up with many Glandulous substances In a Thornback also the Olfactory Nerves †T. 62. F. 1. k k. branch themselves out of the corners of the transverse Processes of the Brain The Olfactory Nerves in a Thornback and thence make an overthwart progress toward the sides of the Skull wherein Perforations being cut through which these Nerves are conveyed to the Organ of Smelling making long White Prominencies on the top of them The Organs of Smelling in this Fish The Organs of Smelling in a Thornback are covered with a blackish Membrane †l l l l. through which may be discovered as through a thin Vail many whitish streaks which are the glimmerings of many small Fibres lying under the Membrane These Smelling Organs are seated below the Skull near the Mouth in oblong Cavities arched above and on each side with small numerous Fibrils ranked in a beautiful order and propagated on each side from the Trunk of the Olfactory Nerves passing over the middle of the Convex Surface of these Organs whose Concave parts are for the most part closed below with Two membranous flaps having on each side a straight passage leading into this arched Closset the Organs of Smelling in a Skate Thornback Flaire and the like great flat Fish CHAP. LIII Of the Optick Nerves of Man and other Animals THE Second pair of Nerves called the Optick †48. P P. is very large The Optick Nerves and of a soft Compage composed of many Filaments enwrapping in their inmost Recesses a Medullary substance Diemerbroeck assigneth their Origen to the Corpora striata seated in the Third Ventricle This Author saith that the outward Coat of these Optick Nerves is expanded about the streaky protuberancies and is so blended with their substance that their Fibres are united to each other but I humbly conceive it more agreeable to Autopsy The rise of the Optick Nerves to derive the rise of the Optick Nerves from the Medulla ablongata which thence pass obliquely forward and inward near the Corpora striata The Right Nerve according to Vesalius is carried toward the Left Eye and the Left Nerve toward the Right Eye The Optick Nerves are not mutually embodied as some phancy and a little descending with a circumference do meet about the Infundibulum where they are united not only by a decussation but by an intimate embodying each others substance as Mercatus Sennertus Bauhinus and other Learned Anatomists will have it But it may seem more probable and consonant to Sense that the Optick Nerves are only conjoyned by Membranes in a simple Contact and not by any confusion of substance as it is confirmed by the observations of many Learned Anatomists Vesalius Aquapendens and Valverda have observed the Optick Nerves to be parted in their whole course from the Brain to the Eye In adolescente nervos visorios congressu invicem non connasci neque sese contingere vidimus saith Vesalius Et ipsum de visu nunquam conquestum fuisse visu praestanti semper valuisse familiares de visorum duplicatione nihil unquam intellexisse The Optick Nerves after they are united part again and on each side are transmitted through holes of the Os Sphaenoeides and inserted somewhat laterally into the Coats near the center of the Eyes in Men at last determining into an expanded soft Membrane upon which visible objects make their appulses immediately producing Sight In a Fish called a Base the Optick Nerves intersect each other In a Base the Optick Nerves intersect each other and do not at all mingle with each others Substance and Filaments but only the outward Coats do closely conjoyn near the Bone seated in the middle of the Brain which on each side encloseth the greatest part of it and the Optick Nerves also in a Gurnet do decussate each other the Left Nerve passing to the Right Eye and the Right Nerve to the Left Eye Eustachius found out the Optick Nerves all made up in folds after the manner of sine Linnen Cloth In optico ait ille se comperuisse scilicet eum complicatum esse veluti tenuissimum matronarum linteum in rugas innumeras aequales pari serie distributas tunicula eas ambiente coactuni qua incisa evolvi in amplam Membranam totam explicari posse The Optick Nerves in a Bustard do spring out of Two oval Processes The Optick Nerves of a Bustard conjoyned to the Base of the Medulla oblongata and do closely unite themselves without any decussation and then after a little space are divided and passing obliquely do insert into the inside of the Eyes The Optick Nerves also in a Goose do arise after the same manner The optick Nerves of a Goose and their rise out of the Oval Protuberancies appendant to the Medulla oblongata and are conjoyned in a Node only without any intersection and then part taketh on each side an oblique progress to the Eyes In a Teal also the Optick Nerves are derived from the Oval Prominencies affixed to the Medulla oblongata The rise of the Optick Nerves of a Teal and bing parted at first do after a small space unite without any Decussation as is frequently found in Fish and are only conjoyned to each other so firmly that they cannot be divided without laceration and as soon as they are united they presently after send out two large Trunks which running transversly are inserted into the inward region of the Eyes And having opened diverse other Brains of Birds I have found the Optick Nerves to have the same Origen and Conjunction without any intersection with those above described Fowl The Optick Nerves in a Turbut take their Origen from the Medulla oblongata The Optick Nerve of a Turbut under the middle Processes and do decussate each other and then pass an Inch and half and arrive the Eyes The Nerve of the Left side making its progress to the Right and the Nerve of the Right into the Left Eye In a Skate the Optick †T.
61. F. 1. k. k. and Motory Nerves accompany each other of which the Opticks are the largest The Optick Nerves of a Skatâ—e and First in order being derived from each side of the Medulla oblongata not far from the Medulla Spinalis and do creep under the lateral Processes to the sides of the Skull which they perforate about an Inch from the lateral Processes The Optick Nerves in a Pike The Optick Nerves of a Pike take their rise from the middle Processes and do like a Turbet intersect each other that of the Right passing to the Left and the Left to the Right Eye After the same manner the Optick Nerves in a Gurnet decussate each other The Optick Nerves of a Gurnet and do arise out of the Medulla oblongata under the Anterior Process of the Brain The Optick Nerves of a Mullet do issue out of the Base of the Medulla oblongata The Optick Nerves of a Mullet and not far from the Apex of it and do plainly intersect each other After the same manner the Optick Nerves of a Soal do cross each other The Optick Nerves of a Soal and do derive themselves from the Medulla oblongata under the lower Region of the middle Processes and are joyned together for some little space and then part intersecting each other The Optick Nerves of a Cod do spring out of the Medulla oblongata The Optick Nerves of a Cod. near its Origen and do unite themselves without decussation and then pass under the Olfactory Nerves making their address to the Eyes CHAP. LIV. Of the Motory and Pathetick Nerves of the Eyes THe Second pair of Nerves are called Par Oculorum motorium The Motory Nerves of the Eyes T. 48. r r. which Galen styleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by reason they are harder and less in their Origen then the Optick Nerves These Nerves borrow their Origen in the lower Region of the Medulla oblongata behind the Indfundibulum and take their progress near the Optick The origen of the Motory Nerves which they accompany in their passage through the Skull inserting themselves into the Muscles twining about the Globe of the Eye which when they arrive they separate into numerous Branches sporting in various forms and motions of different antagonist Muscles The first Branch climbeth upward into the Elevator of the Eye-brow The first Motory Branch of the Eyes lifting it upward and the Curtain being undrawn the Eyes being exposed to the brighter Rays of Light are rendred capable of Sight The Second Branch spreadeth it self into the Elevator of the Eye The second Motory Branch moving it upward The Third is carried toward the greater Canthus into the Adductor moving the Eye inward toward the Nose The Fourth is transmitted with various Fibres towards the lesser Canthus moving the Eye outward The Fifth Branch passing downward is inserted into the Depressor of the Eye moving it downward Next succeed the Pathetick being the Fourth pair of Nerves †T. 48. s s. The rise of the Pathetick Nerves of the Eyes which do not take their rise with the other from the upper Coast of the Medulla oblongata near the round Processes styled the Nates and Testes whence they pass forward near the sides of the Medulla oblongata and at last arrive the Dura Mater under which they pass a little way and then are carried through the Skull in company of other Nerves appertaining to the Eyes and have peculiar Branches inserted into the Musculi Trochleares and are called by Doctor Willis the Pathetick Nerves because he conceived them to be instruments of various motions and affections of the Eyes caused in passions of Fear Shame Anger and Sorrow These Nerves only affect the Eyes pathetically when as other Muscles of the Face are variously featured with Nerves issuing from the Fifth Sixth and Seventh pair of Nerves according to Dr. Willis's Conjecture the Processus Mammillares are the Olfactory Nerves and the first pair which I humbly conceive are only Medullary Processes of the Brain and no way Nerves whereupon the Pathetick Nerves are not only those of the Eyes but also the Fourth Fifth and Sixth pair of Nerves are the most considerable Pathetick whose various motions being very gentle cause the divers Features and Configurations of the Face The Fifth pair of Nerves called by the Antients the Third †T. 48. T. T. The Seat and Origen of the Fifth pair of Nerves are seated below the other pair of Nerves and have their Origen form the Sides of the Annular Process being a large broad Trunk made up of many hard and softer Fibres ordained to exercise the Functions of Sense and Motion in many distant parts whence their consent and sympathy is maintained in the Organs of Sight and Smelling by the communion of Nerves And the Praecordia being affected according to the several apprehensions of the Brain their passions are communicated accordingly to the different parts of the Countenance giving it various Air and Features This pair is the most large next to the Par Vagum The largeness of the Fifth pair of Nerves The first Branch and is very fruitful in Ramifications The first Branch sprouting directly downward is carried through the Skull in a peculiar Perforation and descendeth toward the lower Mandible bestowing divers Fibres upon the Temporal Muscles and those of the Cheeks and Face as also the Lips Gums Teeth Fauces Tonsils Palate and Tongue do not only assist the act of Masticating Aliment but the sensation of Taste Smell Touching and the various Configurations of the Mouth and Aspect in Frowns and Smiles The next Branch of this pair is transmitted straight under the Dura Mater The second Branch of the Fifth pair of Nerves near the side of the Sella Equina and afterward communicateth divers Fibrils to the Rete Mirabile and then associateth with the Sixth The Second Branch of the Fifth pair The second Branch of the Fifth pair of Nerves and their progress relating to the Eyes is divaricated into many minute Ramulets some of them climbing over the Muscles of the Eyes and others into their Glands are inserted into the Eye-lids and others creeping under the Tendons of the Muscles do insinuate into the Cornea and Uvea So that these Fibres branched into the Glands and Lids of the Eyes are subservient to the pathetick doleful motions and sadness and by drawing the Praecordia into consent do cause inordinate motions of the Heart by reason this Nerve is both dispensed into the Eyes and also into the Intercostal Nerves propagated into the Heart and taketh its first rise from the same Nerve whereupon the Eyes and Heart at once sympathize in condoling the same sad events The Second Branch of the third Subdivision of the Fifth pair of Nerves being transmitted toward the Orbite of the Eye is parted into two Branches the lower stooping down spreadeth it self into more and smaller Ramulets inserted into the
Palate and Fauces and the upper Branch being carried in a peculiar Perforation of the upper Mandible is dispensed into the Muscles and Surface of the Face these Nerves being accompanied with Veins and Arteries about which divers Tendrils of this Nerve being twined do in their irregular motions compress the Veins and intercept the course of Blood in the Skin of the Face the cause as I conceive of blushing from the apprehension of Shame the immediate consequent and shadow of Guilt And the Fibres of these Nerves being implanted into the fleshy parts of the Lips and others also of the same Nerve being imparted to the Intercostal Nerves are propagated down to the Heart upon which account amorous Kisses courting the Lips do readily convey their impressions to the nobler parts The Sixth pair of Nerves †T. 48. v v. The sixth pair of Nerves according to Dr. Willis do arise out of the lower Region of the Annular Process and passing under the Dura Mater are carried through the Skull in company with the Motory and Pathetick Nerves and hath a proper Trunk propagated to the Orbite of the Eye and is Inosculated near the Sella equina with the Second Branch of the Fifth pair of Nerves from thence emitting divers Branches which being reflected do unite with the Branches of the Fifth pair and do give the first rise of the Intercostal Nerve Another Branch of this Nerve making its progress forward near the Orbite of the Eye is divided into many Fibres inserted into the Abductor seated in the smaller Angle of the Eye and hath another Branch in Brutes divaricated into many Fibres dispensed into the Seventh Muscle The Seventh pair †T. 48. W. W. called the auditory Nerves consist of a double The seventh pair of Nerves a soft and a hard substance Dr. Willis calleth them a double pair in reference to different Originations though near one another The first Process which is most deservedly called the Auditory springeth out of the inferior side of the Annular Process in Man but in Brutes out of the middle of it This softer Nerve arising below out of the Pons Varolii doth somewhat ascend before it is emitted the Caudex of the Medulla oblongata and afterward is transmitted by a proper Foramen into the inmost Cavity of the Ear and is fruitful in many minute Fibres which are inserted into a thin Membrane investing the Coclea upon which the Sounds make their Appulses and nervous Fibrils implanted into the Membrane of the Ear are first affected and they having a continuation with the Auditory Nerves carry them to the common Sensory But the hard Processes of the Seventh pair or rather a different Nerve is ministerial to the Motion rather then Sense and hath a proper Channel in the Os Petrosum through which it passeth near the Auditory passage and falling into society with the Par Vagum is immediately after propagated into a double Branch the first tending downward is inserted into the Tongue and the Os Hioeides The other encompassing the Auditory passage and being thence transmitted downward is branched into three Ramulets of which the first imparteth many Fibres into the Face Nostrils Lips and Mouth The second to the Eye-lids Ears and Voice and by the entercourse of these Nerves hold a correspondence with each and when some unusal sound is received into the Ear the Eye-lids are lifted up and by reason of many small Branches transmitted also from the same Nerves into the Mouth Lips and Tongue whereupon the Sound is communicated to the Organs of Speech and the Voice being aemulous of it answereth like an Eccho CHAP. LV. Of the Eighth Ninth and Tenth pair of Nerves and the Accessory Nerve THE Par Vagum †T. 48. x x. called by the Antients the Sixth pair of Nerves by the Modern Anatomists the Eighth ariseth a little below the Auditory Nerves out of the sides of the Medulla oblongata This Nerve is a system of many Nerves or at least of numerous Filaments to which a Nerve taking its origen from the Spinalis Medulla contained within the Skull is associated and being both invested with one common Coat propagated from the Dura Mater are carried through one perforation of the Skull as if they were embodied in one common Trunk but that Spinal Nerve and many other Fibres remain distinct and afterward parting from one another have difference of sizes and are transmitted into several distant parts because the Spinal Nerve after it hath crept through the Skull quitteth the company of the other Fibres and is implanted into the Muscles of the Neck and Scapula And two other Fibres of the Par Vagum parting with the rest are transmitted into the Muscles of the Gulet and Neck and the other Fibres going in company with each other afterward get a Fraternity with the Intercostal Trunk in Brutes and with a Branch only in Men and emitteth another eminent one into the Larynx which expatiateth into the Muscles of the Gulet and Larynx and passing under the Buckler Cartilage goeth to the Apex of the recurrent Nerve to which it is united and about this place where the Par Vagum is joyned to the Intercostal Nerve the Caudex of the Par Vagum is amplified in an oblong Tumor The Ganglioform Plex of the Par Vagum called the Plexus ganglioformis now and then single and sometimes double This and other tumefied Plexes may be considered as Knots in Canes or Trunks of Trees out of which Boughs do spring and are framed where either a Branch of a Nerve is emitted out or received into the Trunk and the Trunk is augmented when many Branches do issue out or are admitted into the Caudex of the Nerves These Knots in the body of the Nerve The use of the Knots in the body of the Nerves have this institution as I conceive to preserve the Animal Spirits and nervous Liquor entire from Confusion that they may be kept separate one from another when they are designed to several offices in distinct and remote parts Not far from the Plexus ganglioformis Another Plex of the Par Vagum united with the Intercostal Nerves may be seen another with the Intercostal Nerve being made of it with a Branch of the last Nerve seated within the Skull These Plexes may be discovered by raising the Musculi mastoeidei and by opening the neighbouring Muscles of the Neck you may detect the Carotide Arteries and by tracing their ascent the Plexes of the Par Vagum may be discerned near the insertion of the lower Mandible A little below the Plex of the Par Vagum from its Trunk are transmitted straight downward near the ascendent Trunk of the Carotide Artery divers small Fibres which sometimes twine about the Artery Nervous Fibrils twining about the Carotide Artery are sometimes inserted into its Coat and sometimes are inserted into its Coats And in the lower Region of the Neck the Trunk of this Nerve
is lodged but above the Body of the Vertebers the Medulla Spinalis is conveyed as in a safe Trench to immure it in opposition to cross Accidents And the Spine of this Fish is not only adorned with indented Processes above but in the S des with transverse Processes every Verteber being beset with one on each side which are very thin broad Bones so rarely united with small Ligaments that they seem to be one thin Bone curiously fringing the sides of the Vertebers The Vertebers are not only furnished with Processes but with Epiphyses too every Process having an Appendix to wait upon it as an attendant The body of every Verteber is beset above and below with an Epiphysis and the transverse Processes are also attended with each of them one The Epihyses of every Verteber The Perforations of the Vertebers and another crowning the Extremity of the acute Process And the Vertebers are not only endued with Processes and Epiphyses but Perforations too Nature being sollicitous not only to import vital Liquor into the Medulla Spinalis but to export what is unnecessary for the preservation of it as also nervous Liquor from the Medulla to give Sense and Motion to other parts upon which account Perforations are made for the most part between the Vertebers except in the upper ones of the Neck and the lower of the Os Sacrum for the Ingress of the Arteries and the Egress of the Veins and Nerves the Sinus are made in the sides of the Articulations in the lower part and in the higher Region of the subsequent Verteber so that the Two Extremities of either Spondyle do in a manner equally contribute to making the Foramen each furnishing a Semi-circle which being conjoyned make the Cavity interceding every Two Vertebers of an orbicular Figure suitable to that of the Vessels And if there be any inequality between the Two Vertebers in making the Perforations the lower Vertebers in the Neck may challenge the greater share the Cavity being more deeply engraven in the inferior Verteber but the procedure of Nature is quite contrary in those of the Loins wherein the higher Verteber contributeth more largely to the Perforation of the orbicular Sinus in which the Cavity engraven in the upper Spondyle maketh Two parts and that in the lower only a Third part of the Circle The substance of the Vertebers is more hard and solid in the ambient parts but in their inward Recesses more spongy The external parts of the Vertebers are solid and the inward more spongy and their extream parts are garnished with Epiphyses and Cartilages which being thick and soft do beset the upper and lower Region of the Vertebers near their Articulations to render their motion more safe and easy The Ligaments being of a thick strong fibrous Nature The Ligaments of the Vertebers are strong and semi-circular and of a semi-circular Figure do firmly bind the Vertebers above and below to secure their Articulations against Luxation Having given you a History of the Processes Epiphyses Perforations Substance Cartilages and Ligaments of the Vertebers speaking their general Notion I will now endeavour to give my Sentiments of them in particular and of the Os Sacrum and Coccyx the immediate Base and Foundation of the Spinal super-structure which is rarely composed of Twenty four Vertebers as so many Joynts finely set together with strong semi-lunary Ligaments conserving them in their proper seats lest being luxated they should lose their motion and prove very prejudicial both to the Medulla Spinalis and to the other tender and noble neighbouring parts The Neck is framed to give a reception and security to the Aspera Arteria The use of the Neck in order to Respiration and in diverse Animals to supply the defect of Hands conveying the Mouth to receive Aliment whereupon Nature hath provided longer Necks made up of more Vertebers for them then for Men as Learned Vesalius hath well observed in his Fifteenth Chapter De Colli Vertebris Non enim hic Avium Quadrupedumque quibus longa obtigerunt Crura Colli usum recensere propositum est quamvis in re collecta promptum sit naturam illis quod manibus carent Colli maxillarumque longitudine ad cibum assumendum prospexisse A description of the Spinal Vertebers The Atlas The Musculi mastoidei or Flexors of the Head The whole Systeme of spinal Vertebers may be called a fine long Chain made up of the two extream parts of the upper and lower of the Neck and the Os Sacrum and of two middle parts of the Back and Loins Every part is composed of many links the upper is that of the Neck consisting of Seven Vertebers resembling so many links so firmly joyned to each other by the interposition of strong Ligaments that their union is hardly to be violated The first link of this vertebral Chain is named Atlas so called from supporting the Globe of the Head and is strongly articulated with it by two small heads propagated from the lower Region of the Os occipitis and received into two Sinus engraven on either side of that eminent Cavity made to entertain the Dentiform Process and these Two Sinus of the Atlas are very well fitted to the heads of the Occiput whereupon they are so firmly fixed in their proper Cavities by Ligaments that they cannot start up motions of the Head which are performed forward in Flexion on the first Verteber of the Neck by the Musculi mastoidei which being long thick Muscles arising partly out of the top of the Sternon and partly out of the clavicle do ascend obliquely by the Neck and are inserted into the Processus Mammiformes which being contracted do draw the Head forward pulling the Chin toward the upper part of the Sternon The Tensors of the Head The Complexi Splenii Recti-Majores Minores and Origination and Insertions so that in this posture according to Galen we give our assent annuendo and out dissent renuendo by withdrawing the Head backward celebrated in extension by the antagonist Muscles to the Mastoidei the Splenii Complexi Recti Majores Minores the first taking their rise in a double Origen partly from the Five Spines of the lower Vertebers of the Neck and so many tops of the upper Vertebers of the Back do terminate with oblique Fibres into the Occiput The other Tensors of the Head called Complexi which being as I conceive many Muscles united into one do borrow their Origens from Four transverse Processes of the upper Spondyles of the Back and from the acute Processes of the Seventh Verteber of the Neck and are strongly inserted from the middle of the Occiput into the Mammiforme Processes The Recti Majores are short fleshy Muscles arising out of the Spine of the Second Verteber and the Minores out of Tuberculum of the first verteber are both inserted in the middle of the Occiput so that the Splenii Recti Majores Minores Complexi beginning in
more noble Utensil of the Medulla Spinalis as a part of eminent use in reference to Sense and Motion produced by numerous Nerves the out-lets of the pith Another Use of the Spine may be to strengthen the stately pile of Man's Body speaking the Great Wisdom of the Omnipotent Architect in keeping its frame in an erect posture The Second Use which giveth it State and Beauty by lifting up our Head as an elegant Orbe the palace of Virtue and Science graced with a fine Frontispiece of the Face seated upon the top of the joynted Column of the Chine framed of many Vertebers wrought in rich carved Works of various Processes A Third Use of the Chine as it is composed of many Joynts is to give the Trunk of the Body the advantage of moving inward The Third Use in bowing or stooping performed by the Musculus Psoas which being much assisted by the weight of the Body and Head the Trunk is brought forward by the Musculi mastoeidei which by their joynt Contraction do bring the straight posture of the Vertebers of the Neck to a kind of Arch by which we speak our consent and reverence The Fourth Use A Fourth Use of the fine System of Vertebers as adorned with many Sinus and Processes is to give entertainment to the Muscles of the Loins Back and Neck in various allodgments and from these numerous Spondyles the said Muscles for the most part have their Originations from and insertions into them And these Vertebers being strong and solid Bodies are the Center of Muscular Motion performed in the Trunk of the Body and Neck and are also the Hypomoclia of the erect posture of the Body which is celebrated by the Tensors of the Loins Back and Neck overpow'ring the weight of the Body till they bring it to an equal ballance The chief part of Pathology concerning the Vertebers of the Spine The Pathology of the Chine is Luxation and principally as most fatal beyond the rest is that of the first Verteber of the Neck wherein the Two Apophyses springing out of the inferior Region of the Occiput start out of their proper Sinus engraven on each side of the Medulla Spinalis The Luxation of the First Verteber caused by some great stroke or fall or some other severe accident whence the upmost Verteber being forced forward out of its proper place compresseth the Spinalis Medulla Larynx and the Musculi Cephalopharyngaei and Sphenopharyngaei and stoppeth the passage of the Aspera Arteria and hinders the Apertion and Dilatation of the Gulet attended with the loss of Sense and Motion afflicting almost all parts of the Body according to Hipocrates in his Book De Articulis 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Quod si superiori Spinae parte magis in anteriorem partem inclinatio fiat The cause of the Impotence and Stupor of the whole Body totius corporis impotentia stupor contingit I humbly conceive this to be the ground on which the meaning of this great Oracle of Art was founded Because the Brain is the fountain of nervous Liquor and Animal Spirits residing in it whence their streams do flow out of them into the Origen first and afterward into all parts of the Medulla Spinalis whereupon a Luxation being made in the upper Vertebers of the Neck immediately followeth a compression of the beginning of the Spinalis Medulla and the Head of the current of nervous Liquor being dammed up and the influx of Animal Spirits intercepted all the numerous pair of Nerves springing out of the Medulla Spinalis and afterward branched into the Muscles of the Trunk and Limbs of the whole Body grow stupid in Sense and faint in Motion upon a universal relaxation of the Spinal Nerves And the Luxation also of every Verteber of the Neck being near akin to the first The Luxation of the Vertebers of the Neck as running the same fate is accompanied with horrid symptomes of lost Respiration and Deglutition produced by the dislocated Vertebers of the Neck compressing the Aspera Arteria and Aesophagus wherein the Breath Speech and Motion of the Aliment through the Gula are intercepted by a violent crushing the Aspera Artera and by hindring the Contraction of the Musculi Aesophagi But the most common and less dangerous Luxation is that of the Back The Luxation of the Vercebers of the Back which laboureth under diverse kinds wherein the several dislocations of the Spondyles of the Back do hinder the various motions of the Vertebers and happen when they are wrinched out of their proper seats either outwardly inwardly or laterally toward the Right and Left Side caused by violent strokes falls and overmuch inflections of the Back and in Infants by the imprudence of Nurses in over-straight and unequal Swathings and in Women by overmuch Lacing their Bodies In the Dearticulation of the Back called by the Greeks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A kind of Luxation of the Back called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Vertebers are turned out of the proper stations toward the ambient part of the Back which carrying the Origen of the Ribs with the annexed intercostal Muscles outward do hinder their free playing producing a difficulty of Respiration But if the dislocation be made inward named by the Antients 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it is more dangerous Another kind of Luxation of the Back styled a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because by compressing the Spinalis Medulla Pleura Lungs the Aorta Vena Cava with the Heart it self it doth intercept the motion of nervous and vital Liquor and according to the various parts compressed produceth a Stupor and Paralysis in some and faintness and want of vitality in others The Luxation of the Verteber of the Loins made inwards But if a Dislocation of the Vertebers of the Loins be made inward there happens a frequent suppression of Urine and other Excrements a coldness of the Feet and Legs which do at last extinguish the purer flame of Life warranted by Hipocrates in his Book De Articulis 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 At quibus e casu aut illabente aliquo pondere vertebrae interiorem in partem obliquantur Great Luxations of the Vertebers of the Loins are attended with death and if they be less they are accompanied with suppression of Urine iis quidem plerumque vertebra non adeo multum ab aliis recedit sive vero aut una aut plures multum excesserint hominem velut ante dictum est interimunt cum in anguli non in circuli flexum haec dimotio fiat iis igitur Urina stercus magis quam quibus exteriorem in partem gibbus fit supprimitur pedesque at crura tota magis perfrigeantur potiusque ista quam quae dixi mortem afferunt The Sense of this great Author is as I conceive that upon some slight accident the Verteber is not much displaced but upon a more violent assault one or more Vertebers are much
a reason why both the arterial Branches passing through many internodes in both sides of the Vertebers with oblique ascents meet in a common Trunk making numerous Anastomoses all along the Spine The Arteries meet and make numerous Anastomoses all along the Spine and also why another considerable Artery creeping through the Vertebers is transmitted transversly in divers branches which make many inosculations both above and below in various exedrical concatenated Figures which are framed by the different turnings and windings of the Two transverse arterial Branches To which I reply humbly conceiving The use of the Inosculations of the Spinal Arteries that many inosculations are made in the surface of the Spine the greatest and most numerous arterial Branches are disseminated through the coats of the Medulla Spinalis to give it a vital ambient heat which is rendred more soft as the over-hasty course of the Blood is checked by frequent inosculations of different arterial Branches now and then associating and afterward parting again which make many different Maeanders giving the Blood a curled motion and kindly heat proper for the delicate frame of the Medulla Spinalis fraught with nervous Liquor whose temper and course would soon be disordered either by the violent motion or extravagant heat of the Blood Having discoursed the first rank of Vessels appertaining to the Spinalis Medulla and of the various divarications Figures and Anastomoses of their Branches Now the Second and larger kind present themselves the diverse Sinus belonging as well to this of the Medulla Spinalis as to that of the Brain The Sinus of the Medulla Spinalis which being ranked in the Spine in a more elegant order then in the other are so many intercessions passing between the Arteries and Veins as suppletories to the last to propagate the continued motion of the Blood lest too exuberant a source should be setled in the substance of the Medulla Spinalis the most wise Architect hath constituted diverse Sinus as so many drains The use of the Sinus to receive and carry off the overflowings of the Blood which else would compress and stop the smaller Channels of the serous Liquor and intercept its intercourse with the Nerves impairing the Sense and Motion of the dependant muscular parts The medullary Sinus descending on both sides of the Spine from the upper Verteber of the Neck to the lowest of the Loins doth much resemble in Figure that of the arterial Plex only I conceive this consisteth of many unequal sides and that of more various concatenated Orbs formed as I conceive after this manner every Sinus wheeling round till is it conjoyned by a commissure of the vertebral Vein perforated into the Sinus from thence receiving streams of Purple Liquor The vertebral Sinus are accommodated with Two different venous Channels The First venous Channel belonging to the Sinus The other venous Channel The entercourse of the Sinus the One is an in-let to import Blood from the fore and hinder surfaces of the Medulla Spinalis into the Sinus And the other Channel an out-let to export it out of the Sinus into the Veins and in many Animals they converse one with another by transverse Branches mutually interceding the Two lateral Sinus passing down the Spine whose highest part is continued to the lateral Sinus of the Brain which is furnished with a double Duct the one leading into the jugular and the other into vertebral Veins But to what good are these Sinus designed To which I take the boldness to give this reply That the Blood carried by the impulse of the vertebral Arteries into the substance of the Medulla Spinalis is thence conveyed by venous Pipes as so many Sanguiducts into diverse Sinus the larger Gisterns containing great reserves of Blood till a depletion be made of the vertebral Veins otherwise an inundation of extravasated Blood being made in the substance of the Medulla Spinalis would give a check to the motion of the Animal Liquor distilling into the instruments of Sense and Motion And these Sinus being already treated of The Veins of the Medulla Spinalis do most properly usher in the Third rank of Vessels the Veins because both the venous Ducts receiving the Blood transmitted from the vertebral Arteries into the substance of the Medulla Spinalis convey it into the Sinus and from thence re-convey it as from a larger Cistern by the more minute Channels of the venous Ducts into the vertebral Veins to which the venous passages and Sinus are not only akin in holding an intercourse as receptive of vital Liquor subalternately communicated one to another but are also more nearly related to each other in the same membranous Nature and Compage The Sinus are like Veins The Sinus and their smaller appendages being like the Veins in frame and use are all reductory vessels of Blood and do differ as greater and less Cavities the one seated within the other without the Spine and of these Vessels Hipocrates the Great Master of our Art giveth a recital in his excellent Book De Ossium Natura 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vena haec subsepto transverso ad Spinam extenditur alba nervosa in reliquum condensatum corpus venulas emittens undique per vertebras Cerebri venulis in Spinalem Medullam hederae in modum convoluta inseritur Upon which Rolfincius thus elegantly criticizeth and comments 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Phrasis inquit emphatica 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hedera aureis Corymbis speciosa viticulis suis alacriter scandit sursum circum circa suam Coronans basin cui innititur haud aliter venaram propagines aurorosei sanguinis fructibus ditescentes The elegant divarication of Veins upon the Medulla Spinalis 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Instar hederae Medullam Spinalem amplectuntur ejusque membranis tanquam Basi innixae alta petunt The fruitful Branches propagated from the Trunk of the Cava creep through the internodes of the Vertebers and climbing up the Coats of the Medulla Spinalis crown their Base with their most tender wreaths The Veins entring between the Joynts of the Vertebers The Veins are propagated from the Sinus and of the Medulla Spinalis address themselves to the Sinus and receptacles of Blood giving it a reception to reconvey it to the Right Ventricle of the Heart from whence the ascendent and descendent Trunks of the Vena Cava derive their first rise and from these greater venous Channels the smaller vertebral Tubes are propagated and the Trunk seated above the Heart approaching the Subclavian associateth with the vertebral Artery and dispenseth several branches through every internode of the vertebers of the Neck and implanting them into the Sinus Furthermore A passage goeth from the lateral Sinus into the jugular Vein the top of the vertebral Veins arriving near the Occiput is inosculated into the highest part of the vertebral Sinus continued to the lateral Sinus of the Brain from which also a passage leadeth
into the jugular Vein And lest these vertebral Veins should be insufficient for the exportation of Blood out of the Sinus Nature hath formed other auxiliary Branches which do transversly intercede the other Veins as so many by-passages to return upon occasion the Purple juyce out of the Sinus to the great Trunks immediately handing it in the Right Cistern of the Heart And because the Trunk of the Vena Cava seated below the Heart doth not after the manner of the Aorta The reason of the Vena Azygos immediately rest upon the Spine propagating Branches in a straight course to it Whereupon the Vena Azygos is produced sending forth a double Branch which again subdivide themselves furnishing the Muscles of both sides The vertebral venous Branches in the Loins are immediately derived from the Spine and the Spine with variety of Branches and below the Region of the Kidneys when there is room enough for the Cava to lean near the Spine there is no farther need of the Azygos the vertebral Branches in the Loins are immediately derived from the Trunk of the Cava CHAP. LIX Of the Nerves sprouting out of the Medulla Spinalis I Conceive it not amiss first to give some account of the nature of the Nerves in a common notion before I discourse more particularly of the Nerves of the Spine and their Origen and Divarications Nerves as to their definition which giveth their essence and specification are similar Bodies The description of Nerves instruments of Sense and Motion consigned to the reception and conveyance of Animal Liquor And as to their substance it is whitish and solid The substance of Nerves made of divers thin Filaments naturally tied to one another with an innumerable company of fine Membranes and are not perforated with any visible Cavities but only furnished with many minute Interstices capable to receive Liquor between their Filaments into whose intermedial spaces it may destill all along from the first rise to the termination of the Nerves All Nerves borrow their first Origen and principle of dispensation either from the Brain or its Process the Medulla Spinalis The origen of Nerves which is Galen's sense plainly expressed in his Twelfth Book de Usu Partium and the 4th Chapter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Principium ipsorum nervorum cerebrum est ipsumque velut in arvum anima rationatrix semen emittit germen vero inde velut truncus quidam in arborem magnam resurgens Spinalis est Medulla à quo trunco per totam Spinam extenso Nervi quamplurimi deducti in ramorum quorundam in mille propagines distribuuntur So that the long round body of the Medulla descending the Spine may be well styled a Trunk and the Nerves so many fruitful Branches sprouting out of it Some Anatomists of great Name The Compage of the Medulla Spinalis is Fibrous affirm the Medulla Spinalis to be one soft Simple undivided Body especially in the upper part but upon a curious search I humbly conceive it probable to be a system of many small Fibers whose intermedial spaces are filled with a tender viscid substance not unlike that of the Medulla oblongata whose Origen the Corpora striata being dissected long-wise are plainly discovered to be full of many Medullary streaks as so many small Vessels dispensed through the substance of the Medulla oblongata and the origen of the Spinalis Medulla contained within the Skull and also the whole length of it carried down the Spine but these Fibers are so minute that they are scarce discernible in the inward recesses of the Medulla Spinalis but are most evidently visible in the lower ranks and in the exterior regions of it which are fraught with numerous small Fibres and being united make up the several vertebral Nerves and as they are more or less in dimensions have greater or less number of Fibres which are very visible toward the surface of the Medulla but more obscure in the inward recesses of it in which probably they take their first rise where every Filament I conceive is again compounded of many more minute Fibrils dispersed through the whole substance of the Medulla The Brain being confined within a small circuit The reason of the Medulla Spinalis is not able to furnish the larger and more remote territories of the whole Body with Nerves and hath kind of second Brain the Spinalis Medulla which is deputed a substitute to it out of which many fair Branches of Nerves shoot forth as out of a common Trunk And every Verteber of the Spine challengeth as its propriety a pair of Nerves Every Verteber hath a a pair of Nerves The whole Spine hath 30 pair of Nerves The first and second pair of Nerves so that the Vertebers being Thirty in number have Thirty Conjugations of Nerves Seven appertaining to the Vertebres of the Neck and Twelve to those of the Back Five to the Loins and Six to the Os Sacrum The first and second pair of Nerves passing through the Occiput and Atlas and the Atlas and Epistropheus the first and second Vertebers of the Neck by reason of their peculiar Articulations have different Perforations from those other Nerves of the Neck Back and Loins These being lateral but those made in the fore and hinder region of the two upper Vertebres whose articulations would have been rendred more weak by lateral perforations and so less able to receive the motion and support the weight of the Head The first pair of Nerves easily cutteth its way between the highest Verteber of the Neck and the Occiput And this first Rudiment out of the Seminal Matter being membranous easily yieldeth to the passage of the nervous Filaments which make up the first pair of Nerves which running between the Atlas and the Occiput are reflected somewhat before it passeth upon the Spine and is divided into two small Branches the one being very slender The Fibres of the first pair are implanted into many Muscles passing backward communicateth many Fibres to the Musculi recti majores minores obliqui superiores inferiores which take their rise from the first and second Verteber of the Neck The first being Tensors keep the Head upright and the other moving together are auxiliaries to the former but acting Subalternately make the short yirks of the Neck and Head But the other Branch of the first pair of Nerves making its progress forward A Branch of the first pair is inserted into the Flexors of the Neck is disseminated into the Muscles seated under the Aesophagus the long and short Muscles which bending the Neck forward are truly entitled the Flexors of it The Second pair of Nerves are akin to the first in their manner of Production and Perforation The second pair of Vertebral Nerves belonging to the Neck which are not lateral with most of the subsequent Nerves but made in the exterior and posterior regions of the Spine as best suiting the
Viscus Pomorum to which may be added Stercus Pavonis and when it hath been well boiled in Spring-water and strained it may be sweetened with Syrup of Lime-Flowers Powders Paeony or Lilly of the Valley Powders also may be advised made of Paeony-root and of Species Diambrae Castor Angelica Zedoary Contragerva and of the chips of Oranges and Lemons drinking after every Dose a draught of a proper Julape or Apozeme A Carus Coma and Lethargy being all Sleepy Diseases have great alliance with an Apoplexy and do admit the like method of Physick and Medicines prescribed in an Apoplexy the highest of all Sleepy Diseases CHAP. LXV Of the Vertigo or Meagrum A Vertigo or Meagrum is here Treated of A Vertigo is often a forerunner of Sleepy Diseases as a fore-runner to the Apoplexy and the other Sleepy Diseases and is seated in the ambient parts and more inward Recesses of the Brain the allodgments of the Animal Spirits in which their first rise and motion is produced the ministers of the inward Senses as well as the intellectual Functions These active emissaries of the Soul the more refined Particles of the Animal Liquor sometimes exalt the Processes of the Brain in great companies and other times in smaller numbers and are carried in irregular motions highly discomposing the fibrous Compage of the Brain wherein the lucide Particles suffer a total Eclipse as in an Apoplexy or a lesser in a Carus Coma and Lethargy in which some glimmerings of the more noble and sensitive operations of the Brain appear My Province at this time is to discourse a vertiginous disposition A Vertigo proceedeth sometimes from a disordred and other times from an intercepted motion of the Animal Spirits The description of a Vertigo sometimes a Herald of greater Maladies the Sleepy Diseases of the Brain wherein the Animal Spirits have their motion sometimes disordered and other times stopped so that they cannot be duely ministerial to the production of the Animal Operations A Vertigo is a disaffection of the Brain wherein the objects of sight seem to wheel round with a great swimming in the Head so that the Animal Spirits are highly discomposed as suffering a great confusion produced by an irregular Motion whereupon they have not a due influence first into the Fibrils of the Brain and afterward into the Optick Nerves productive of a lost or diminished sight and progressive motion In the Paroxysme of this Disease the inward Senses admit a deception The Paroxysm of a Vertigo while reeling Objects seem to be hurried in motion and the rational Conception is not much disturbed while we apprehend the discomposure of our inward and outward Senses As to the cause of this Malady its worth our inquiry how it is made The causes of this Disease in Diseases or by a violent motion of the Body in a circular manner or by a prospect from a high place of some low distant Objects seated immediately or directly under us or by going over narrow open Bridges placed over great and deep waters running in hasty torrents or in a Ship under sail carried with an impetuous motion in a strong Tempest Whereupon the Animal Spirits run so confused that they cause a vertiginous disposition which may seem worth our consideration to understand the reason of this discomposure as conducive to the better understanding the intrinsick causes of a Meagrum When we have long hurried our Bodies in a circular motion A Vertigo coming from a disorderly motion of ouâ— Body all outward objects seem to dance round about us and though we repose our selves yet this phancy continues and sometimes we tumble down upon the ground or floor and have an apprehension of a circular motion in our Brain And the reason may be not that the disaffection is lodged in the outward Sense or there continued but from the agile temper of the Animal Spirits as Learned Dr. Willis hath well observed Cap. 7. De Vertigine Pa. 250. Quippe ait ille affectus iste a corporis circulatione producitur sive oculis intuemur sive nictamus At vero hujus apparitionis causa omnino dependet a fluxili spirituum animalium substantia quippe spiritus intra Cerebrum scatentes non secus habent ac aqua aut densa vaporum congeries phialae inclusa quae una cum vase continente circumagitur facta semel vortice etiam vase quiescente motum istum aliquandiu continuare persistit pari etiam modo quando hominis corpus circumgyratur spiritus cerebri incolae ab ista capitis tanquam vasis continentis circumductione in motus tornatiles ac veluti spirales aguntur cumque propterea solito influxu directo jubare nervos irradiare nequeant hinc una cum visibilium rotatione saepe Scotomia pedum vacillatio inducuntur Hemisphaerium visibile rotare videtur quia spiritus speciem excipientes circulariter moventur quare siquidem sensibilis impressio recipitur per modum recipientis prout spiritus ita objecta in orbem moveri videbuntur And the prospect of disagreeable Objects or a dangerous situation or motion of the Body giveth a suddain surprisal and striketh a dread into the phancy and rendreth the motion of the Animal Spirits irregular and confused And in persons debauched with great proportions of Wine The Animal Liquor is highly discomposed by immoderate drinking or strong Liquors the Blood is disordered with fierce and turbulent steams which being carried into the Brain do give a high disturbance to the Animal Liquor and Spirits generated of the serous part of the vital juyce by offering a violence to them by rendring their motion inordinate and confused In these external or evident causes of a preternatural disposition of the Brain producing a Meagrum the Animal Spirits are disturbed in their natural Emanations by a confused progress and various agitations hither and thither within the Interstices of numerous nervous Fibrils in the ambient parts or more inward Recesses of the Brain so that the natural motion of the Animal Spirits being checked and rendred confused they do not flow regularly into the Nerves of the Eyes whereupon the visible Objects seem to admit a Circumrotation which is not truly in them but a deception of the Sight proceeding inwardly from the fluctuation of the Animal Spirits which are as I humbly conceive carried forward and backward in various disordred motions Having discoursed the evident causes The inward causes of a Vertigo generating a vertiginous affection of the Brain I shall endeavour now to give some account of the more inward and preternatural causes of it So that a Vertigo is sometime a symptome as a consequent of another Malady And other times it is not an accident but a Disease as produced within the Processes of the Brain A vertiginous symptome is first of all produced by the motion of the Blood checked in the Heart or Lungs whereupon followeth a Syncope or Lypothimy a difficulty of Breathing
also testaceous Powders taken with Cephalick Julapes which promote Sweat and give an allay to the inordinate motion of the Animal Spirits and the great effervescence of the Blood To this end Topicks may be applied as Epispastick Plaisters between the Shoulders insides of the Arms Thighs Legs As also Plaisters and Cataplasmes to the Feet Having discoursed a Delirium A Phrenitis is a high degree of a Delirium which is a more gentle kind of desipience it may not be amiss to speak of a Phrenitis as a more exalted degree of a Delirium and a Disease more radicated in the Membranes and Substance of the Brain proceeding from a fluctuation and not from a more remiss undulation of the Animal Liquor and Spirits A Phrensy may be described a continued and lasting Delirium The description of a Phrenitis with a depravation of the rational and sensitive Faculties accompanied with a continued Fever derived from the inflammation of the Dura and Pia mater and from the great and inordinate motion of the nervous Liquor very much expanding the Fibrils of the Brain And from a hot distemper of the Brain coming from bilious Matter as Sennertus will have it The Essence of this Disease is found in an irregular motion of the Animal Spirits The Essence of this Diseaâ—e the great Ministers of the more noble and inferior Functions of the Brain and differeth in degree from a Delirium as the Animal Liquor is more vitiated and the Disease more rooted as coming from more active causes producing a rapid motion of the Animal Spirits in the Interstices of the Filaments belonging to the fibrous Compage of the Brain whereupon they grow more puffed up and disordered by the expansive part of the nervous Liquor dicomposing the fine Systemes of nervous Filaments constituting the admirable frame of the Brain so that the Images of things making appulses upon the Organs of the outward Senses are imparted by a continuation of Nerves to the common Sense Phancy and Memory and are indistinctly apprehended and after the same manner represented to the Understanding whose confused Notions are offered to the Will which is perverted in the elicite acts by the ill conduct of the superior Faculty whence flow incongruous Speeches and ridiculous actions and postures of the Body much repugnant to Reason and Sense This Disease doth very much consist in a great ebullition of Blood A Phrenitis consists in a high Effervescence of the Blood out of whose Albuminous Particles the Animal Liquor is generated in the Cortical Glands whence the Animal Spirits the more active Atomes of the nervous Juyce are acted with a Phlogosis enraging the substance of the Brain and its more noble parts the Animal Spirits rendring them fierce and restless whereupon the outward and inward Senses and more excellent Faculties are highly disordered Dr. Willis is of an Opinion that a Phrenitis doth proceed from an inflammation of the Animal Spirits and not from the coats of the Brain as he hath it in the Tenth Chapter De Delirio Phrenitide P. 314 315. Enim vero proba bile est sanguinem febriliter ardescentem particulas interdum sulphureas una cum spirituosis cerebro offundere quae semi accensae quodam modo efflagrantes si una cum alteris penetrarint exinde mox omnes ductus Medullares nervos subeuntes spiritibus ubique adherent adeoque omnes inflammatos summe efferos implacabiles reddunt Certe verisimilius est Phrenitida hoc ritu a spirituum Phlogosi potius quam a meningum aut cerebri inflammatione quae Cephaleam aut Lethargum certius quam furorem prout ex cerebri anatomiis compertum habui inferrent excitari But I humbly conceive with the leave of this Learned Physician That the Phrensie is not only deducible from an effervescence of the nervous Liquor and Animal Spirits A Phrenitis may proceed not only from an Effervescence of the Animal Liquor and Spirits but from an Inflammation of the Coats and Brain it self The cause of the Inflammatory disposition of the Animal Spirits but from an inflammation of the Membranes of the Brain proceeding from an extravasated Blood lodged in the Interstices of the Vessels seated in the substance belonging to the Membranes encircling the ambient parts of the Brain by reason the putrid indisposition of the Blood affecting the integuments of the Brain First indisposeth the Cortical Glands in which the nervous Liquor is generated as also the more inward penetrals of the Brain whereupon the Animal Spirits are endued with an inflammatory disposition highly disquieting their due motion as rendring them turbulent and irregular so that the lower and higher Faculties of the Brain cannot make due apprehensions of their objects presented unto them An Instance of this Hypothesis may be given The Pia mater may be inflamed without a Tumor of the Brain in which the Pia mater is often inflamed without the tumor of the substance of the Brain as it hath been seen in Dissections of the Heads of Persons dying of Phrensies A young Man of a lean and dry habit of Body was afflicted with a continued Tertian attended with ill Symptomes as a great pain of the Head proceeding from a hot and sharp mass of Blood carried by the internal Carotide Artery into the substance relating to the Coats of the Brain and was also tortured with most importunate watchings and afterward in a small space of time the Patient was highly disordered with a Phrenitis accompanied with horrid accidents which could not be appeased with a proper course of Physick and afterward died raging with Red squallide Eyes to the great disquiet of his Friends and standers by After death his Skull being taken off the Brain was bespecked with Red spots derived from extravasated Blood And the Membranes and especially the Pia mater was tumefied being distended with blackish Blood and the Branches transmitted through the substance of the Brain did seem to be swelled and inflamed which were imparted from the Pia mater Sometimes the Dura mater is ulcered A Phrenitis proceeding from an Ulcer of the Dura mater accompanied with a fulness of Blood-vessels in the Pia mater and an Abscess in the Cerebellum Of this Petrus Pauvius giveth an account Observat Octava Anatomica Quidam per biennium conquestus fuerat de dolore in occipite tandem hic Phrenitide ac convulsivis motibus correptus subito interiit Huic crassa cerebri membrana aliquot locit exesa erat variis foraminibus idque potissimum in bregmate sub sagittali sutura ubi ea cum coronali jungitur Ex iis foraminibus effluebat per membranam dictam effusus erat sanguis fermè concretus ater adustus admodum faetens Tali quoque sanguine distenta erant vasa per exteriorem crassae meningis superficiem discurrentia quin ea quae numerosa per tenuem disseminata sunt Huic intra cerebellum abscessus humore non naturali
scatens repertus fuit erat hic humor colore ex citrino ad pallidum vergens pallida nimirum bilis Ipsa cerebelli substantia flaccida omnino molliorque multo quam cerebri substantia A Phrensy also may come from an inflammatory disposition of the Brain A Phrenitis coming from an inflammation of the substance of the Brain flowing from a quantity of bilious Blood stagnant in the Interstices of the Vessels whereupon the Animal Spirits are rendred obnoxious to a very hot affection making them tumultuary in their motion in their confused progress between the Filaments of the nervous Fibrils constituting the compage of the Brain hence ariseth a Phrenitis from the Animal Spirits enraged with hot steams of the extravasated Blood which often degenerates into an Abscess and Ulcer of the Brain As Nicholaus Fontanus hath observed Analectorum cap. 1. and mentioned by Learned Bonnetus Anatom Pract. lib. 1. Sect. 7. De Phrenit c. Obs 7. Pa. 163. Ad invisendum ait ille puerum duodecennem accersitus arteriam in carpo contemplor duram cum pulsu frequenti exiguo aegrum imaginatione laborare deprehendo Continuo delirantem floccos carpentem inâ—omnem immorigerum Cui lingua exusta fuliginosa nigra excrementa sicca dura pilularum instar Hunc Phrenitide confirmata laborare eaque exitiali mihi persuasi Nam triduo post nullis auxiliis aptis proficientibus migravit e vivis Secto capite contemplatoque cerebro in ejus Medullari substantia repertus est tumor nucis juglandis magnitudine rubidus venis turgentibus sanguine repletus quae hujus noxae fuit causa certissima rupto abscessu emanavit faetidus ichor coclearis quantitate venae jam ante tumidae subsederunt A Phrensy may also take its rise from a quantity of watry Recrements A Phrensy may be derived from an inflamed Plexus Choroides mixed with the mass of Blood in the Plexus Choroides and Ventricles and also from thick Filaments of gross Blood concreted in the Sinus of the Dura mater somewhat resembling Worms A Woman oppressed with great sadness An instance of this case upon an account of some great loss fell into a burning Fever accompanied with a great pain of the Head which degenerated into a Phrensy expressed in extravagant Singing Laughing and odd postures of the Body After death her Skull being taken off a thin pale Blood flowed out of the Pia mater and the Ventricles of the Brain being opened the Blood-vessels of the Plexus Choroides and Chambers in which they are lodged appeared full of a watry Blood and in the Sinus of the Dura mater many gross Filaments were discovered mad up of a gross Blood mixed with crude unassimilated Chyle of a Polypose nature A Phrensy doth not only come from extravasated Blood A Phrensy proceeding from serous Recrements vitiating the nervous Liquor but from serous Recrements too secerned from the vital Liquor in the Cortical Glands which pass through the Cortex into the more inward Processes of the Brain These serous Recrements being hot and sharp as compared with saline and hot steams of the Blood do highly discompose the nervous Liquor and its refined Particles which being aggrieved with an over-elastick temper do make turbulent and confused motions very much puffing up the Filaments of the nervous Fibrils productive of a Phrensy Of this Learned Webster giveth an example Exercitat De Apoplex Historia 4 ta J. An observation relating to the said Case Reutinger aliquot septimanis ante obitum crudelissime cephalalgia afflictus fuit prae dolore quandoque amens erat ut quicquid vel diceret vel faceret non raro nesciret Mortui cranio aperto saucia dura meninge profluxit serum cum impetu maxima ex parte collectum in spacio quod inter duram piam matrem est Imo ipsa substantia cerebri cerebelli plurimum serum imbiberat nam summopere utrumque erat flaccidum molle Having spoke after my manner of the Essence and various conjunct causes of a Phrensy illustrated with the History of diverse Diseases of the Brain I will give you very short evident causes of this raging distemper The evident causes of a Phrensy which raise a Feverish distemper giving a fiery disposition to the Animal Spirits caused by more freely indulging our selves in the large and frequent draughts of great bodied Wines and other strong Liquors as also immoderate passions of the Mind and violent motion of the Body and a suppression of the wonted evacuations of Blood by the Menses or Haemorrhoids bleeding through the Nostrils c. which render the mass of Blood very hot especially in cholerick Constitutions which having a recourse by the internal Carotide Arteries to the Membranes and substance of the Brain do make fiery impressions upon the Animal Liquor and Spirits rendring them over-active and impetuous in motion and over expansive whereby the Filaments of the numurous Fibrils besetting the Compage of the Brain are disordred so that the Organs of Reason and Sense being highly disaffected the Superior and Inferior Faculties cannot perform their duty in regular apprehensions of things and due elections of proper means in order to the preservation of Life and Happiness The Diagnosticks of this Disease are troublesome watchings The Diagnosticks accompanied sometimes with interrupted Sleep and terrible Dreams after which Phrenetick persons make lamentable out-cries biting their Tongues and Lips and tearing their Cloaths and breaking Glass-windows and also do make frequent attempts to destroy themselves by cutting their Throats Drowning Hanging and casting themselves down Precipices and in their fit of Raging their Eyes and Faces are overspread with Redness proceeding from a great quantity of enraged Blood setled in the ambient parts of the Body The Prognosticks of a Phrensy as being an inflammation of the Membranes The Prognosticks or substance of the Brain enraging the Animal Spirits coming from the fiery parts of the Blood or from an Abscess or Ulcer of the Brain doth threaten great danger often ending in death If this Disease afflict a good constitution of Body abounding with a great quantity of Blood or if it have often and long intervals in a young person the hopes of recovery are much greater then in old age But if after moderate sleep the raging Fits do more and more increase it is an argument the Disease groweth more strong and more dangerous in reference to a new access of Morbifick Matter oppressing the Brain and vitiating the nervous Liquor and Spirits If a Fever have a laudable Crisis by a free evacuation of Sweat oftentimes the Phrensy is fairly determined A Phrenitis following an ill Crisis of a Fever but if the Fever have an ill Crisis the Matter of the Disease is transmitted from the lower apartiment of the Body by the Carotide Artery into the Coats and fibrous Compage of the Brain making a Phrenitis which often appears in a pale water
sulphureous and acide corrosive nature may be conceived to destroy the finer parts of the Animal Spirits the Ministers of the Faculties of Reason and Sense and beget a Maniack disposition of the Brain perverting the Oeconomy of the Brain in reference to its different operations attended with raging passions screeches and out-cries and unseemly gestures and motions of the Limbs This Disease taketh its rise The rise of Madness either immediately from the Animal Liquor and Spirits the chief instruments of the Soul in producing its nobler and meaner acts of Reason and Sense or more remotely from the Blood as the Materia substrata of the Succus nervosus A Madness arising out of the Animal Spirits either proceedeth from an evident cause Evident causes of Madness as some extravagant passion or from an ill affection of the Brain caused by a Phrensy or Melancholy whereupon a Madness often succeedeth A violent passion doth highly influence the Brain Violent passions may be the cause of Madness and enrage the nervous Juyce and Animal Spirits as it s more refined and spirituous particles by rendring the nervous Liquor and its Spirits highly fermentative restless and disorderly in wandring motions confounding the regular operations of the Brain accompanied with a Raging a Delirium and other horrid Symptomes occasioned by immoderate Anger great Disgrace or Shame or high passion of Love breach of Vows or scruples of Conscience which highly discomposing the peace of the Soul do generate a Maniack distemper of the Brain wherein the Spirituous parts of the nervous Liquor being debased the saline parts are exalted and brought to a Fluor and being espoused to sulphureous Particles derived from the Blood do weaken the Compage of the Brain and render the Animal Spirits fierce and unquiet making new Meatus and passages by over-much expanding the Interstices of the nervous Filaments and causing inordinate motions do produce delirous Phantasmes which being offered to the understanding do form unreasonable conceptions Sometimes the Animal Spirits are too much exalted Pride the cause of Madness by great apprehensions of our own perfections and the too low esteems of others or when Men unreasonably court Honours or when they are Masters of them are highly puffed up to the great unquiet and disturbance of their Minds whereupon the nervous Liquor and Animal Spirits are put into a great agitation and ferment and at last acted with a Maniack affection Othertimes this Disease succeedeth Melancholy and the Phrensy A Madness succeeding Melancholy or Phrensy which have before indisposed the Brain and rendred it liable to Madness in the First being very high the Succus nervosus and its most spirituous Particles degenerate into an acide disposition which entring into fellowship with sulphureous Recrements coming from the Blood do produce so fierce a temper in the Animal Spirits that they generate a Mania A Phrensy is more akin to this Disease then Melancholy as it is accompanied with boldness and fury so that a Phrenitis is easily turned into a Mania The manner how Madness is generated as the Brain is clogged with a fiery temper arising out of nitrous and sulphureous Particles affecting the Succus nervosus and its more active Particles which being hurried in the fibrous Compage of the Brain do expand the Intetstices of the nervous Filaments and make new and wandring passages in them whereupon the Animal Spirits ranting in various progresses through the territories of the Brain make a Maniack Delirium and confound the acts of Reason and Imagination commonly called Madness This Disease most commonly borroweth its first rise from an ill mass of Blood in a great part vitiated with gross sulphureous Recrements Madness floweth chiefly from an ill mass of Blood sometimes caused by the ill tone of the Hepatick Glands not secerning the bilious from the more laudable parts of Blood produced sometimes by its grossness and by the straightness of the excretory Ducts of the Liver and othertimes by the obstruction or narrowness of the Meatus Cysticus and Choledochus whereby the Bile cannot be discharged into the Intestines so that it is forced to regurgitate into the Extremities of the Vena Cava and is thence carried with the Blood through the Right Ventricle of the Heart Lungs and Left Chamber of the Heart and afterward through the common ascendent Trunk and Carotide Arteries into the Cortex of the Brain wherein the Albuminous parts of the Blood being infected with sulphureous and nitrous Particles do spoil the nervous Liquor and Spirits producing a furious mad temper in the Brain And the acide Particles discomposing the Succus nervosus Madness coming from an ill-affected Pancreas and its more active parts in the production of Madness may claim in some part their Origen from an ill affected Pancreas whose numerous minute Glands having lost their due constitution cannot make a separation of the Recrements of the Blood from its pure substance or when the Origens of the excretory Vessels of the Glands or the common Pancreatick Duct are obstructed by the grossness or quantity of the pancreatick Juyce whereupon it being not transmitted into the Intestines is lodged sometimes in the Interstices of the Vessels where it being composed of Heterogenous Particles doth ferment and acquire greater degrees of acidity as being sometimes brought to a Fluor and afterward a stay being made in the spaces of the Vessels relating to the Glands the pancreatick Juyce is mixed with the Blood and carried by lesser Veins into the greater channel of the Cava and by other Veins and Arteries into the ambient parts of the Brain wherein the Christalline parts of the Blood as the Materia substrata of nervous Liquor being debased by acide saline and sulphureous Particles doth spoil the goodness and aeconomy of the Animal Spirits by giving them a high agitation and tumultuary motion in the fibrous frame of the Brain causing a furious disposition attended with great fierceness boldness clamor c. The Disease is hereditary in diverse Families Madness is sometimes hereditary who enjoy a regular use of their Reason and Imagination for many years and afterward are afflicted with the dreadful Malady of Madness which proceedeth at such a time from the due crasis of the Blood perverted and degenerating into a nitro-sulphureous disposition enraging the Animal Spirits and putting them into a high disorder in reference to a violent and unnatural motion And the reason of this hereditary Madness propagated from Parents to Children by way of Generation taketh its rise from the seminal Principle The cause of an hereditary Madness tainted with a Maniack affection which oftentimes exerteth it self after many years when the seeds of this Disease bear Fruit and come to maturity as fomented by ill Diet violent Passion Envy Pride Ambition or by some other severe accidents or disappointments in a troublesome course of life This hereditary Madness is not always continued but hath many lucid intervals and
Texture of it is ill framed as being over-clouded by gross Fumes or Vapors or as being too dense and compact making it too opaque so that the lucid Particles of the Animal Spirits not able to diffuse themselves through the gross substance of the Brain do leave it unapt for the performance of its Functions whereupon this Disease is sometimes hereditary as propagated from Parents to their Children by gross seminal principles which are affected with the ill frame of the Brain and its gross nervous Liquor and Spirits which are ingredients in the genital Liquor producing an ill Compage and Substance in the Brain of Children In some Fenny Air may concur to the production of this Disease the dull gross fenny Air hath a great influence on the Blood and nervous Liquor of the Inhabitants so that Men were styled Fools in Baeotia as breathing in a thick Air wonderfully discomposing their Wit and rational Faculties rendring them senseless and stupid An ill Conformation of the â—rain may generate Mopishnes Beside these preternatural indispositions of the Brain another doth disaffect it which is an ill Conformation as the Interstices of the Filaments are so narrow and small that the nervous Liquor and Spirits want a free passage through the fibrous Compage of the Brain whereupon their Animal operations are not duely celebrated and these spaces of the Filaments are not only too close but sometimes over laxe as being clogged with serous Recrements spoiling the nervous frame of the Brain of its due tenseness much hindring the progress of the Succus Nervosus and its more noble Particles the immediate instruments of the sensitive The narrow Interestices of the nervous Filaments productive of this Disease and intellectual Powers Sometimes the close Interstices of the nervous Filaments do associate with gross unactive Animal Spirits which so dull the Brain that it cannot exert its operations whereupon the Succus Nervosus and its crass Particles cannot act the nervous Compage of the Brain as losing their free motion in the over-straight spaces of the nervous threads which do cause a want or dulness of Wit and Judgment There are many evident causes productive of this Disease The evident causes of Mopishness as an ill mass of Blood and nervous Liquor proceeding from an ill Air gross Diet deep Thoughts and Passions of the Mind which render the Animal Spirits unactive causing oftentimes a stupid indisposition and defect of Sense and Reason Sometimes the generous Particles of the Blood and nervous Liquor The vital and nervous Liquor sometime grow Effecte in this Disease do evaporate and grow effaete and vapide as generous Wine having lost its oily and volatil Particles turneth faint and paled whereupon young Men growing old lose the perfection of the vital and nervous Liquor and the Animal Spirits acquire a dull sluggish disposition not fit for motion The Blood and Animal Liquor is often enervated by Luxury Venery Luxury destroyeth the purity of the Animal Liquor and ill Diet whereupon the Body is rendred sick and decayed and the Compage of the Brain loseth its tenseness as growing flaccide in Hypocondriack Bodies and the nervous substance of the Brain suffereth a great weakness and resolution in frequent Convulsive motions in Apoplexies Convulsive motions often produce Mopishness Hysterick Fits Epilepsies and the like so that I have seen some become Mopes and Stupid after many fits of Cephalick Diseases Early Wit in Children often degenerates into dulness according to the vulgar proverb soon Ripe soon Rotten Early Wits degenerate into Dulness by reason the finer parts of the Succus Nervosus being over-active and thin do often quit their subject and leave it gross and spiritless making the Brain unfit to perform its operations Great strokes upon the Head making concussions of the Brain Great strokes upon the Head hinder the motion of the Animal Spirits do hinder the due and regular motion of the Animal Spirits in the spaces placed between the nervous Filaments and make Men dull and sottish and sometimes Mad. When Men frequently indulge themselves in the immoderate use of Wine Ale Brandy and Strong-waters their Stomach loseth its concoctive Faculty making an ill Chyle and mass of Blood consisting of Heterogeneous fermentative Elements which destroy the purity of the vital and nervous Liquor rendring the Animal Spirits unable to perform the functions of the Mind The frequent and too great Doses of Opiats do incrassate the mass of Blood and nervous Liquor and are endued with a malignant Temper Opiates too frequently administred do beget Mopishness very offensive to the Animal Spirits by rendring them Effaete and Vapide and unfit for motion so that the Brain loseth its Tone and cannot well accomplish the acts of Sense and Reason often making Men Mopes and Sots Violent passions of the Mind as a pannick Fear and deep Sorrow Violent passions do produce this Disease and the like do strike so great a terror that they unman the Patient and confound the regular motion of the Succus Nervosus and Animal Spirits rendring a Man stupid and sensless and not able to make provision for the preservation of his Life and Person as being betrayed by passion in time of Battle So that as the Wise man saith Fear betrayeth those succors that Reason offereth Melancholick and Hypocondriacal Persons sometimes acquire a Morosis Deep Thoughts sometimes cause Mopishness which happens to persons of deep Thoughts often addicted to the Study of Learning whereupon the Animal Spirits are depauperated and the acts of Sense and Reason diminished or wholly abolished in Fops So that Thoughtful and Studious persons often propagate Fools as they over-much indulge deep Meditations which do much employ the Succus Nervosus and its more noble Particles in the Brain hindring their progress down toward the Testicular Glands wherein the Seminal Liquor wanting a due proportion of nervous Liquor and Animal Spirits as their excellent Element cannot produce a well-disposed Brain whence ensueth a defect of right Reason and Sense These Diseases of Stupidity and Mopishness The distinction of Mopishness The First hath a defect of Memory c. if strictly inquired into may admit a distinction as the First hath a defect of Memory Imagination and Judgement so that the persons affected with stupidity are not well apprehensive of notions nor judicious in the right consideration of things and treat others with ridiculous Language and Gestures but that Mopish persons have somewhat more of the use of Reason is manfest as understanding simple notions and retaining them sometime in their Memory A defect of Judgement sometimes a cause of Mopishness but by reason of a defect in Judgment cannot compound and divide the notices of things and entertain their companions sometimes with frivilous impertinent discourses and other times with dull Silence and refractory Humors Our aim at this time is to give an account of both of them
bowed proceeding as I humbly conceive from a grosser Matter than that of Convulsive Motions so highly aggrieving the Fibrous parts that they can hardly discharge themselves from it whereupon the Muscles are put upon a constant trouble of unnatural Contractions till they can free themselves from their burden by the Extremities of the Nerves and Fibres A most remarkable Instance of great Convulsions of which I can give a notable Instance in Mrs. Susan Floide a Patient of mine Dr. Bathurst and Sir Charles Scarburgh being joyned with me who was strongly oppressed with such Hysterick Fits that produced universal Convulsions through the whole Body lying in a Tetanus eleven hours wherein the exercise of her Sense and Reason was intercepted and the whole Trunk and Limbs of her Body were so violently Contracted that they remained altogether inflexible and after the lying eleven hours in one rigid posture she began in some part to be reduced to the use of Sense and Reason and then creeping from the Bed to the Floor on which she moved divers times backward and forward upon her Hands and Feet and afterwards rising from the Floor she ran up and down the Chamber a good while and then turned round again and again about thirty times and so was restored to the exercise of all the functions of her Mind and Body for an hour in which she supplied Nature with Aliment and then returned again to lying on the Bed as before and began to act over again those sad Scenes in contracting those universal machines of Motion and those several parts before nominated which she did in the very same method and manner for every day three weeks or a month so that her Friends apprehended her to be Enchanted by reason of those wonderful symptoms which indeed were the effects of a Disease and not of Sorcery afterward plainly evinced in the sequel of the Cure Ut miserrimo huic aegrotanti horrenda symptomatum serie laboranti obsteticaremus methodo medendi ex Medicamentis faetidis variis prescribendi formulto instituta sed Eheu incassum omnia Tandem venis tribus aut quater vicibus pertusis liberali manu sanguine detraximus cujus pars serosa quae clara esset Cristallina ex naturae praescripto sed vi morbi opaca turbida evasit Latice â—â—tem tum seroso quam purpureo copiosius emissis generosa haec puella bonis avibus in pristinum salutis statum restituitur Having in some manner treated you with the Pathology of the Brain in point of Convulsions it may not be altogether impertinent to give you some account of Convulsive Motions Convulsive motions are nearly related to Convulsions which are so near akin to Convulsions that they are promiscuously used for each other by Learned Authors But in a strict Sense I humbly conceive they differ both in their Causes and Symptoms The Convulsions flowing from a more thick Matter are not easily shaken off which forcibly detein the Muscular parts in one contracted stiff posture The difference of Convulsive motions and Convulsions in reference to their various causes whereas Convulsive Motions do proceed as I conceive from some subtle Vaporous Matter quickly insinuated all along the Filaments and speedily discussed through the Extremities of the Nerves and Tendinous Fibres by many violent contractions of the Muscles which have thereupon frequent intervals of rest by the discharge of the Matter till new accessions are made by the Morbifick Matter infecting the Animal Liquor impelled into the Nerves and Fibres which giveth them a fresh trouble causing many brisk concussions of the Muscles which by divers great compressions empty the Tendinous Fibres of Spirituous Saline Particles and the Carnous of Nitrosulphureous till they receive new supplies of Nervous and Purple Liquor from the Brain and Heart by the mediation of the Nerves and Arteries Hence may be assigned the reason of Convulsive Motions Convulsive motions derived essentially from the Brain which sometimes are derived essentially from the Brain by an ill Diathesis of Humors imprinted in the substance of it creating an habitual weakness whereby it is rendred uncapable to exterminate the noysome Particles of the Blood by the Jugular Veins which are received and lodged with the Animal Liquor in Pores of the Brain which is sometimes so highly provoked by the trouble of the Matter it self and sometimes vehementibus animi pathematis wherein the Brain being highly molested endeavoureth to free it self by forcing the Heterogenous Particles embodied with the Animal Liquor into the Nervous and Tendinous Fibres producing great vibrations of the Muscles And Convulsive Motions are not only generated primarily and essentially from the Brain Convulsive motions proceed from the habitual weakness of the Brain This Disease may be derived from an acquired debility of the Brain Convulsive motions coming from the venenate nature of the Blood by reason of an habitual weakness and ill disposition which is sometimes hereditary infecting the Seminal Matter the first principle of the Brain propagated from Parents but also from an acquired debility of the Brain communicated to it vi imbecillitatis cerebri recipientis aut vitio sanguinis mandantis when its impure Particles are not discharged by the Lymphaeducts as some are of an opinion or in the return of the Blood by the Veins or excretory Vessels by Sweat and insensible transpiration whereupon the Morbifick Matter is impelled into the Brain by the internal Carotide Arteries whence the whole mass of Blood is infected with a venenate nature as in Malignant Fevers and Scorbutick and Cacochymick habits of Bodies as also in Virulent Abscesses and Ulcers of the Viscera whence arise great Ebullitions of the Blood whose venenate impure Miasms are carried out of the Ulcered Spleen by the Splenick Branches into the Porta and Cava and out of the Abscesses of the Liver immediately into the Cava and hence by the right Ventricle of the Heart into the Pulmonary Artery and Vein into the left Ventricle and the Aorta but in the Abscesses of the Lungs it hath a shorter cut when the Ulcerous Matter is immediately conveyed by the Pulmonary Veins into the left Ventricle and thence by the ascendent Trunk of the Aorta and internal Corides into the Brain whence these impurities when they cannot be otherways discharged are hurried with the Animal Liquor into the Nerves and Fibres causing impetuous motions of the Muscles which are most signally conspicuous in the Diseases of Epilepsies Malignant Fevers and Hysterick passions as to Epilepsies The nature of Epileptick Convulsive motions is very intricate their symptoms are as stupendous as their causes and nature intricate whence arise great Controversies both of parts affected and the manner how the Disease is imparted to them many do assign its chief seat to the Brain Ventricles and Coats of it others to the middle and lower Venter of which I will give you account hereafter in the Parts affected and the Causes and Symptoms of
the tone of the fibrous Compage to be very laxe and unable to resist the ill affections of the nervous Liquor whence ensue diverse unnatural motions of the Fibrils of the Brain and nervous Plexes of the Viscera and muscular parts of the Body And farthermore another reason may be offered The reason why Convulsive motions do flow from the Brain that the Blood and serous Liquor infecting the Brain are a great cause of Convulsive motions by reason Fontanels in the neck and blistering plaisters applied to it and Leeches set under the Ears do take away much of the serous Humors oppressing the Brain and divert the motion of Blood which are experimentally found very conducive to the alleviation and Cure of Convulsive motions in Children Thus pro modulo meo I have given a History of Convulsive motions that torture Children chiefly in the Two or Three first Months arising out of an ill mass of Blood contracted in the Womb consisting in Heterogeneous and contrary Elements raising a high fermentation in the vital Liquor which afterward infecteth the Succus Nervosus and Animal Spirits with nitro-sulphureous flatulent and elastick Particles causing expansive and contractive motions in the nervous Filaments of the fibrous Compage of the Brain and other Plexes of Nerves seated in the Viscera Muscular and Membranous parts of the Body which often prove fatal And though nature be so strong as to conquer these terrible motions in the first Months yet she is obnoxious afterward to great danger in reference to violent Convulsive motions associates of a Fever and proceeding from the breeding of Teeth Convulsive motions proceeding from Fevers produced by pains in the breeding of Teeth All Children having Fevers in breeding of Teeth are not always afflicted with concussions of muscular parts as having oftentimes good Constitutions and a laudable mass of Blood and a well-disposed Animal Liquor and Spirits and a firm tone of the Systeme of Nerves whereupon they are not obnoxious to Convulsive motions But the great pains of Dentition in an ill habit of Body and laxe Compage of Nerves I humbly conceive are the immediate cause of a Fever and Convulsive motions proceeding from an Inflammation of the Gums produced by Blood stagnated in the Interstices of the Vessels tumefying the said parts and compressing the branches of the Fifth pair of Nerves seated about the roots of the Teeth offended also with saline and acide parts of serous Humors vellicating the nervous Fibrils endued with a most acute Sense And the Teeth themselves enlarging their dimensions in Dentition The reason why Children are very much disturbed in Dentition do squeeze the Nerves and highly discompose their tender frame by their hard substance which growing more and more in hight do compress and cut the Membrane encircling the Gums which is a contexture of nervous Fibrils and is derived as some will have it from the Dura Menynx of the Brain so that this fine integument of the Gums is a composition of nervous Fibrils which being squeezed and cut by the rise of the Teeth growing upward must necessarily produce great pain and often Convulsive motions drawing the fibrous Compage of the Brain and muscular parts of the Eyes Face Lips Limbs and Viscera into consent attended with violent Vomitings Diarrhaeas Lypothymys Syncopes c. which are very terrible to behold in young Children not able to express themselves The Fever attending the breeding of Teeth is produced by great pain the associate of an Inflammation proceeding from Blood setled in the Gums which maketh a great effervescence in it of which some part endued with heterogeneous fermentative Elements being returned by the Veins to the Heart causeth a Fever partly taking its rise from the over-hasty motion of the Blood made by the Convulsive motions of the Muscles violently compressing the Arteries And Children are not only subject to Convulsive motions in the Two or Three first Months after their Birth and in the time of breeding of Teeth but also in other years of their Minority which is chiefly derived from an ill disposition of Blood consisting in heterogeneous fermentative Elements which having recourse to the Cortex of the Brain doth fill the Succus Nervosus and the Animal Spirits with flatulent elastick Particles producing various agitations of the Nerves caused by the repeated dilatations and contractions of their Filaments acted with many grand efforts to discharge offensive Matter giving a high disturbance to nature The Blood The Blood is the cause of Convulsive motions as spoiled by ill Diet. The Blood is corrupted by the ulcered Glands of the Viscera producing Convulsive motions the chief antecedent cause of Convulsive motions is debased by ill Diet by Aliment hard of digestion or by Milk degenerating into a Curd by the acide Ferment of the Stomach whereupon it rendreth the Milk Acide and sometime the Chyle is corrupted by bilious Recrements and an ulcerous Matter derived from the Ventricles or putrefied Glands of the Mesentery The Blood also is corrupted in its passage through the ulcered Glands of the Spleen Liver Pancreas Kidneys or the putrefied substance of the Bladder Uterus Diaphragme Pleura Mediastine Lungs c. whereby the vital Liquor being vitiated by a purulent Matter is carried up through the Carotide Arteries into the Cortical Glands wherein the nervous Liquor and the Animal Spirits become infected and produce great disorderly motions in the fibrous Compage of the Brain and the plexes of Nerves belonging to the Viscera Muscles and Membranes The ill mass of Blood is rendred more fermentative by ill Air in Fenny ground by the heat of the Sun and by changes of the Moon and by the malignant influences of the Planets which do debase the Succus Nervosus and its Spirits and render them turbulent and unquiet so that they discompose the tender Filaments of Nerves and put them upon violent and unnatural agitations highly afflicting the whole Body Having given an account of the unpleasant â—cenes of this Disease consisting in various storms of concussive motions of several parts of the Body my Taske at this time is to propound a means how these Tempests may be allayed that a pleasant calm may ensue The Cure of this Disease requireth a good method of Physick and the care of a Learned Physician prescribing proper Medicines and by reason Blood hath a great share in the cause of Convulsive motions Applications of Leeches to the Jugulars are very proper Cephalick Powders may be given in Cephalick Waters Three or Four Ounces may be taken away by the application of Leeches to the Jugular Veins and afterward Cephalick Powder may be advised made of Paeony roots Misletowe of the Oak Coral Pearl and the like given in a spoonful of a Cephalick Julape prepared with Black-Cherry Water or Water of Lime-Flowers Lily of the Valley Paeony Rue-water to which may be added a small quantity of Compound Paeony or the Antiepileptick water of Langius near akin to the